Перевод: со всех языков на английский

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Итальянский
Русский

to ask one's guests to sit down

1 asseoir

asseoir° [aswaʀ]

➭ TABLE 26

1. transitive verb

   a. ( = mettre assis) asseoir qn (personne debout) to sit sb down ; (personne couchée) to sit sb up

• asseoir un enfant sur ses genoux to sit a child on one's knee

• faire asseoir qn to ask sb to sit down

• faire asseoir ses invités to ask one's guests to sit down

   b. ( = affermir) [+ réputation, autorité, théorie] to establish

• asseoir sa réputation sur qch to build one's reputation on sth

   c. ( = stupéfier) (inf) to stagger

2. reflexive verb

► s'asseoir [personne debout] to sit down ; [personne couchée] to sit up

• asseyez-vous donc do sit down

• asseyez-vous par terre sit on the floor

• il n'y a rien pour s'asseoir there's nothing to sit on

• le règlement, je m'assieds dessus ! (inf) you know what you can do with the rules! (inf!)

* * *
aswaʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) to sit [personne debout]; to sit [somebody] up [personne allongée]

faire asseoir quelqu'un — ( contraindre) to make somebody sit down; ( convier) to offer a seat to somebody

2) Construction, Bâtiment to seat, to bed [fondations]

3) to establish [autorité, réputation]; to set up [argument]

4) to base [cotisation, impôt]

5) (colloq) to stagger (colloq), to astound

2.

s'asseoir verbe pronominal

1) [personne debout] to sit (down); [personne allongée] to sit up

s'asseoir à une or autour d'une table — lit to sit down at a table; fig to sit down at the negotiating table

2) (colloq) ( mépriser)

s'asseoir sur — not to give a damn about (colloq)

* * *
aswaʀ
1. vt

1) [malade, bébé] to sit up, [personne debout] to sit down

2) [autorité, réputation] to establish

asseoir qch sur — to build sth on, (= étayer) to base sth on

2. vi

faire asseoir qn — to ask sb to sit down

* * *

asseoir verb table: asseoir

A vtr

1 ( sur un siège) to sit [personne debout]; to sit [sb] up [personne allongée]; asseoir qn sur ses genoux to sit ou take sb on one's knee; faire asseoir qn ( contraindre) to make sb sit down; ( convier) to offer a seat to sb; asseoir l'héritier sur le trône fig to install the heir on the throne;

2 Constr to seat, to bed [fondations];

3 ( établir) to establish [régime, autorité, réputation, conclusion]; to set up [argument]; asseoir sa réputation sur qch to build one's reputation on sth;

4 Admin, Fisc to base [cotisation, impôt] (sur on);

5 ○( sidérer) to stagger○; ça m'a assise I was staggered.

B s'asseoir vpr

1 [personne debout] to sit (down); [personne allongée] to sit up; s'asseoir sur une chaise/dans un fauteuil/par terre to sit on a chair/in an armchair/on the floor; je me suis assise dessus I sat on it; s'asseoir en tailleur to sit cross-legged; voulez-vous vous asseoir? would you like to sit down?; il n'y a rien pour s'asseoir there's nothing to sit on; asseyez-vous ( invitation) do sit down, do take a seat GB, please be seated; ( ordre) sit down; s'asseoir à une or autour d'une table lit to sit down at a table; fig to sit down at the negotiating table; s'asseoir sur le trône to come to the throne;

2 ○( mépriser) s'asseoir sur not to give a damn about○.

[aswar] verbe transitif

1. [mettre en position assise]

asseoir quelqu'un

a. [le mettre sur un siège] to sit somebody down

b. [le redresser dans son lit] to sit somebody up

asseoir quelqu'un sur le trône [le couronner] to put somebody on the throne

être assis: j'étais assise sur un tabouret I was sitting on a stool

nous étions assis au premier rang we were seated in the first row

êtes-vous bien assis? are you sitting comfortably?

je préfère être assise pour repasser I prefer doing the ironing sitting down

être assis entre deux chaises to be (caught) between two stools

2. (soutenu) [consolider] to establish

asseoir sa réputation sur quelque chose to base one's reputation on something

3. [faire reposer - statue] to sit, to rest

4. (familier) [étonner] to stun, to astound

5. FINANCE [impôt, taxe] to base, to fix

6. ÉQUITATION to sit

————————

[aswar] verbe intransitif

faire asseoir quelqu'un to ask somebody to sit down

————————

s'asseoir verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [s'installer] to sit down

asseyez-vous donc please, do sit down

asseyons-nous par terre let's sit on the floor

venez vous asseoir à table avec nous come and sit at the table with us

s'asseoir en tailleur to sit cross-legged

il s'assit sur ses talons he sat down on his heels

2. (locution)

s'asseoir dessus (très familier) : ton opinion, je m'assois dessus I couldn't give a damn about your opinion

votre dossier, vous pouvez vous asseoir dessus you know what you can do with your file

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > asseoir
2 Tisch

m; -(e)s, -e

1. table; am Tisch sitzen sit ( oder be seated) at the table; Familie etc.: auch sit ( oder be seated) (a)round the table; sich an den Tisch setzen sit down ( oder take one’s seat geh.) at the table; vom Tisch aufstehen get up (from the table), stand up; bei Mahlzeiten: auch leave the table; abräumen, decken II 1 etc.

2. Koll. (Leute): der ganze Tisch konnte mithören the whole table ( oder everyone at the table) could hear ( oder was listening)

3. nur Sg.; fig. (Essen): bei Tisch at table geh., at lunch etc.; bei Tisch sitzen be having lunch etc., be eating; die Kinder durften bei Tisch nicht sprechen the children weren’t allowed to speak during meals; zu Tisch gehen go for ( oder to) lunch etc.; darf ich zu Tisch bitten? shall we sit down at the table?; wenn das Essen aufgetragen ist: lunch ( oder dinner) is served ( oder ready), let’s have something to eat now; essen, was auf den Tisch kommt eat what one is given, eat whatever is put before one; getrennt von Tisch und Bett separated; zum Tisch des Herrn treten KIRCHL. come to the Lord’s table, take communion

4. fig. in Wendungen: bar auf den Tisch cash down; auf den Tisch hauen (sich durchsetzen) take a hard line; mit etw. reinen Tisch machen get s.th. sorted out properly ( oder once and for all); unter den Tisch fallen fall flat ( oder by the wayside), be passed over ( oder ignored), not be taken up ( oder pursued); eine Angelegenheit unter den Tisch fallen lassen (quietly) drop a matter; (nicht beachten) (choose to) ignore a matter; jemanden unter den Tisch trinken umg. drink s.o. under the table; jemanden über den Tisch ziehen umg. fleece ( oder rook) s.o., take s.o. to the cleaners; vom Tisch wischen oder fegen sweep ( oder brush) aside; ein Thema auf den Tisch bringen bring up ( oder raise) a matter (for discussion); die Sache muss auf dem Tisch bleiben / muss vom Tisch has got to be thrashed out / settled; Streitende an einen Tisch bringen bring the parties etc. face to face, get the parties etc. to agree to talks; Entscheidung am grünen Tisch bureaucratic decision; SPORT decision at administrative level ( oder by the sport’s ruling body)

* * *

der Tisch

table

* * *
Tịsch [tɪʃ]
m -(e)s, -e
table; (= Schreibtisch) desk; (= Werktisch) bench; (= Mahlzeit) meal
bei Tisch — at (the) table

vom Tisch aufstehen — to leave the table

sich an den or zu Tisch setzen — to sit down at the table

die Gäste zu Tisch bitten — to ask the guests to take their places

bitte zu Tisch! — lunch/dinner is served!

vor/nach Tisch — before/after the meal

bei Tisch — at the table

zu Tisch sein — to be having one's lunch/dinner

Herr Kleinhaus ist zu Tisch — Mr Kleinhaus is out at lunch

zu Tisch gehen — to go to lunch/dinner

er zahlte bar auf den Tisch — he paid cash down or cash on the nail (Brit inf) or on the barrelhead (US)

etw auf den Tisch bringen (inf) — to serve sth (up)

die Beine or Füße unter jds Tisch strecken (inf) — to eat at sb's table

getrennt von Tisch und Bett leben — to be separated

unter den Tisch fallen (inf) — to go by the board

jdn unter den Tisch trinken or saufen (inf) — to drink sb under the table

es wird gegessen, was auf den Tisch kommt! — you'll eat what you're given

auf den Tisch kommen (fig: Vorschlag etc) — to be put forward

vom Tisch sein (fig) — to be cleared out of the way

vom Tisch müssen (fig) — to have to be cleared out of the way

auf dem Tisch liegen (fig, Vorschlag etc) — to be on the table

etw auf den Tisch legen (fig, Geld, Vorschlag etc) — to put sth on the table

etw vom Tisch wischen (fig) — to dismiss sth

zwei Parteien an einen Tisch bringen (fig) — to get two parties (a)round the conference table

mit jdm am Tisch sitzen (fig) — to sit at the same table as sb

jdn über den Tisch ziehen (fig inf) — to take sb to the cleaners (inf)

See:

→ rund

* * *

der

(a piece of furniture consisting of a flat, horizontal surface on legs used eg to put food on at meals, or for some games: Put all the plates on the table.) table

* * *

Tisch

<-[e]s, -e>

[tɪʃ]

m

1. (Esstisch) table

jdn zu \Tisch bitten to ask sb to take their place [at the table]

etw auf den \Tisch bringen (fam) to serve sth

zu \Tisch gehen (geh) to go to lunch/dinner

zu \Tisch sein (geh) to be having one's lunch/dinner

am [o (geh) bei] [o (geh) zu] \Tisch sitzen to sit at the table

bei \Tisch (geh) at the table

vor/nach \Tisch (geh) before/after the meal

zu \Tisch! (geh) lunch/dinner is served

2. (an einem Tisch sitzende Personen) table

3.

▶ jdn an einen \Tisch bringen to get sb round [or around] the table

▶ unter den \Tisch fallen (fam) to go by the board fam

▶ am grünen \Tisch [o vom grünen \Tisch aus] planen from a bureaucratic ivory tower

▶ vom \Tisch müssen to need clearing up

▶ reinen \Tisch machen to sort things out, to get things straight

▶ am runden \Tisch among equals

▶ sich akk [mit jdm] an einen \Tisch setzen to get round the table [with sb]

▶ jdn unter den \Tisch trinken [o (sl) saufen] to drink sb under the table fam

▶ vom \Tisch sein to be cleared up

▶ etw vom \Tisch wischen to strike sth off the roll, to dismiss sth

▶ jdn über den \Tisch ziehen (fam) to lead sb up the garden path fam

* * *

der; Tisch[e]s, Tische

1) table; (SchreibTisch) desk

vor/nach Tisch — before/after lunch/dinner/the meal etc.

bei Tisch sein od. sitzen — be at table

zu Tisch sein — be having one's lunch/dinner etc.

vom Tisch aufstehen — get up from the table; < child> get down [from the table]

bitte zu Tisch — please take your places for lunch/dinner

es wird gegessen, was auf den Tisch kommt! — [you'll] eat what's put on the table!

2) (fig.)

reinen Tisch machen — (ugs.) clear things up; sort things out

jemanden über den Tisch ziehen — (ugs.) outman oeuvre somebody

unter den Tisch fallen — (ugs.) go by the board

* * *

Tisch m; -(e)s, -e

1. table;

am Tisch sitzen sit ( oder be seated) at the table; Familie etc: auch sit ( oder be seated) (a)round the table;

sich an den Tisch setzen sit down ( oder take one’s seat geh) at the table;

vom Tisch aufstehen get up (from the table), stand up; bei Mahlzeiten: auch leave the table; → abräumen, decken B 1 etc

2. koll (Leute):

der ganze Tisch konnte mithören the whole table ( oder everyone at the table) could hear ( oder was listening)

3. nur sg; fig (Essen):

bei Tisch at table geh, at lunch etc;

bei Tisch sitzen be having lunch etc, be eating;

die Kinder durften bei Tisch nicht sprechen the children weren’t allowed to speak during meals;

zu Tisch gehen go for ( oder to) lunch etc;

darf ich zu Tisch bitten? shall we sit down at the table?; wenn das Essen aufgetragen ist: lunch ( oder dinner) is served ( oder ready), let’s have something to eat now;

essen, was auf den Tisch kommt eat what one is given, eat whatever is put before one;

getrennt von Tisch und Bett separated;

zum Tisch des Herrn treten KIRCHE come to the Lord’s table, take communion

4. fig in Wendungen:

bar auf den Tisch cash down;

auf den Tisch hauen (sich durchsetzen) take a hard line;

mit etwas reinen Tisch machen get sth sorted out properly ( oder once and for all);

unter den Tisch fallen fall flat ( oder by the wayside), be passed over ( oder ignored), not be taken up ( oder pursued);

eine Angelegenheit unter den Tisch fallen (quietly) drop a matter; (nicht beachten) (choose to) ignore a matter;

jemanden unter den Tisch trinken umg drink sb under the table;

jemanden über den Tisch ziehen umg fleece ( oder rook) sb, take sb to the cleaners;

vom Tisch wischen oder

fegen sweep ( oder brush) aside;

ein Thema auf den Tisch bringen bring up ( oder raise) a matter (for discussion);

die Sache

muss auf dem Tisch bleiben/muss vom Tisch has got to be thrashed out/settled;

Streitende an einen Tisch bringen bring the parties etc face to face, get the parties etc to agree to talks;

Entscheidung am grünen Tisch bureaucratic decision; SPORT decision at administrative level ( oder by the sport’s ruling body)

* * *

der; Tisch[e]s, Tische

1) table; (SchreibTisch) desk

vor/nach Tisch — before/after lunch/dinner/the meal etc.

bei Tisch sein od. sitzen — be at table

zu Tisch sein — be having one's lunch/dinner etc.

vom Tisch aufstehen — get up from the table; < child> get down [from the table]

bitte zu Tisch — please take your places for lunch/dinner

es wird gegessen, was auf den Tisch kommt! — [you'll] eat what's put on the table!

2) (fig.)

reinen Tisch machen — (ugs.) clear things up; sort things out

jemanden über den Tisch ziehen — (ugs.) outman oeuvre somebody

unter den Tisch fallen — (ugs.) go by the board

* * *

-e m.

board n.

desk n.

table n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Tisch
3 pouvoir

pouvoir [puvwaʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. auxiliary verb

2. impersonal verb

3. transitive verb

4. reflexive verb

5. masculine noun

6. compounds

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 33

1. <

   a. (permission)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque pouvoir sert à donner la permission de faire quelque chose, il peut se traduire par can ou may ; can est le plus courant et couvre la majorité des cas.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• tu peux le garder si tu veux you can keep it if you like

• maintenant, tu peux aller jouer now you can go and play

• vous pouvez desservir you can clear the table

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► On emploie can lorsque la permission dépend d'une tierce personne ou d'une autorité ; can étant un verbe défectif, to be able to le remplace aux temps où il ne peut être conjugué.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• sa mère a dit qu'il ne pouvait pas rester his mother said he couldn't stay

• elle ne pourra lui rendre visite qu'une fois par semaine she'll only be able to visit him once a week

► pouvoir ne pas

• il peut ne pas venir he doesn't have to come

• tu peux très bien ne pas venir you don't have to come

   b. (demande)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'on demande à quelqu'un la permission de faire quelque chose, qu'on lui demande un service ou qu'on lui donne un ordre poli, on utilise can ou la forme plus polie could.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• est-ce que je peux fermer la fenêtre ? can I shut the window?

• puis-je emprunter votre stylo ? could I borrow your pen?

• pourrais-je vous parler ? could I have a word with you?

• puis-je vous être utile ? can I be of assistance?

• tu peux m'ouvrir la porte, s'il te plaît ? can you or could you open the door for me, please?

• pourriez-vous nous apporter du thé ? could you bring us some tea?

   c. (possibilité)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque pouvoir exprime une possibilité ou une capacité, il se traduit généralement par can ou par to be able to ; can étant un verbe défectif, to be able to le remplace aux temps où il ne peut être conjugué.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• peut-il venir ? can he come?

• ne peut-il pas venir ? can't he come?

• il ne peut pas venir he can't come

• il ne pourra plus jamais marcher he will never be able to walk again

• je ne peux que vous féliciter I can only congratulate you

• je voudrais pouvoir vous aider I wish I could help you

• il n'a pas pu venir he couldn't come

• la salle peut contenir 100 personnes the auditorium can seat 100 people

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque pouvoir implique la notion de réussite, on emploie to manage.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il a pu réparer la machine à laver he managed to fix the washing machine

• tu as pu lui téléphoner ? did you manage to phone him?

• j'ai essayé de le joindre, mais je n'ai pas pu I tried to get in touch with him but I didn't manage to

   d. (probabilité, hypothèse)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque pouvoir exprime une probabilité, une éventualité ou une hypothèse, il se traduit par could ; might implique une plus grande incertitude.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il pourrait être italien he could or might be Italian

• ça peut laisser une cicatrice it might leave a scar

• ça aurait pu être un voleur ! it could or might have been a burglar!

► bien + pouvoir

• où ai-je bien pu mettre mon stylo ? where on earth can I have put my pen?

• qu'est-ce qu'il peut bien faire ? what can he be doing?

• il a très bien pu entrer sans qu'on le voie he could very well have come in without anyone seeing him

• qu'est-ce que cela peut bien lui faire ? (inf) what's it to him? (inf)

   e. (suggestion) could

• je pourrais venir te chercher I could come and pick you up

• tu aurais pu me dire ça plus tôt ! you could have told me sooner!

   f. (souhaits) puisse-t-il guérir rapidement ! let's hope he makes a speedy recovery!

• puissiez-vous dire vrai ! let's hope you're right!

2. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► La probabilité, l'éventualité, l'hypothèse ou le risque sont rendus par may ; might implique une plus grande incertitude.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il peut pleuvoir it may rain

• il pourrait pleuvoir it might rain

• il pourrait s'agir d'un assassinat it might be murder

3. <

• est-ce qu'on peut quelque chose pour lui ? is there anything we can do for him?

• il fait ce qu'il peut he does what he can

• il a fait tout ce qu'il a pu he did all he could

• que puis-je pour vous ? what can I do for you?

• je ne peux rien faire pour vous I can't do anything for you

• on n'y peut rien nothing can be done about it

• désolé, mais je n'y peux rien I'm sorry, but there's nothing I can do about it

► on ne peut plus

• il a été on ne peut plus aimable he couldn't have been kinder

• il a été on ne peut plus clair he couldn't have made it clearer► n'en pouvoir plus

• je n'en peux plus (fatigue) I'm worn out ; (énervement) I've had enough ; (désespoir) I can't take it any longer

• il n'en peut plus d'attendre he's fed up with waiting (inf)

4. <

► se pouvoir

• ça se peut (inf) it's possible

• tu crois qu'il va pleuvoir ? -- ça se pourrait bien do you think it's going to rain? -- it might

• ça ne se peut pas (inf) that's not possible► il se peut que + subjonctif

• il se peut qu'elle vienne she may come► il se pourrait que + subjonctif

• il se pourrait qu'elle vienne she might come

• il se pourrait bien qu'il pleuve it might or could well rain

5. <

power ; ( = capacité) ability ; ( = influence) influence

• avoir le pouvoir de faire qch to have the power to do sth

• il a un extraordinaire pouvoir de conviction he has remarkable powers of persuasion

• il fera tout ce qui est en son pouvoir he will do everything in his power

• pouvoir absorbant absorbency

• avoir beaucoup de pouvoir to have a lot of power

• avoir du pouvoir sur qn to have power over sb

• n'avoir aucun pouvoir sur qn to have no influence over sb

• tenir qn en son pouvoir to hold sb in one's power

• le quatrième pouvoir ( = presse) the press

• en vertu des pouvoirs qui me sont conférés by virtue of the power which has been vested in me

• séparation des pouvoirs separation of powers

• avoir pouvoir de faire qch (autorisation) to have authority to do sth ; (droit) to have the right to do sth

• pouvoir central central government

• le parti au pouvoir the party in power

• avoir le pouvoir to have power

• exercer le pouvoir to rule

• prendre le pouvoir (légalement) to come to power ; (illégalement) to seize power

• des milieux proches du pouvoir sources close to the government

6. <

► pouvoir d'achat purchasing power

► pouvoir de décision decision-making powers

► le pouvoir exécutif executive power

► le pouvoir judiciaire judicial power

* * *

Note: can et may qui peuvent traduire le verbe pouvoir ne s'emploient ni à l'infinitif, ni au futur

I
1. puvwaʀ
verbe auxiliaire

1) ( être capable de) to be able to

peux-tu soulever cette boîte? — can you lift this box?

dès que je pourrai — as soon as I can

je suis content que vous ayez pu venir — I'm glad you could come

il pourrait mieux faire — he could do better

je n'en peux plus — (épuisement, exaspération) I've had it (colloq); ( satiété) I'm full (colloq)

2) ( être autorisé à) to be allowed to

est-ce que je peux me servir de ta voiture? — can I use your car?

puis-je m'asseoir? — may I sit down?

est-ce qu'on peut fumer ici? — is smoking allowed here?

3) ( avoir le choix de)

on peut écrire clef ou clé — the word can be written clef or clé

on peut ne pas faire l'accord — the agreement is optional

il ne peut pas ne pas accepter — he has no option but to accept

4) ( avoir l'obligeance de)

pourriez-vous me tenir la porte s'il vous plaît? — can ou could you hold the door (open) for me please?

5) ( être susceptible de)

tout peut arriver — anything could happen

il ne peut pas ne pas gagner — he's bound to win

puisse cette nouvelle année exaucer vos vœux les plus chers — wishing you everything you could want for the new year

qu'est-ce que cela peut (bien) te faire? — (colloq) what business is it of yours?

on peut toujours espérer — there's no harm in wishing ou hoping

s'il croit que je vais payer il peut toujours attendre — if he thinks I'm going to pay he's got another think coming

ce qu'il peut être grand! — how tall he is!

peux-tu être bête! — you can be so silly!

2.

verbe transitif

que puis-je pour vous? — what can I do for you?

je ne peux rien pour vous/contre eux — there's nothing I can do for you/about them

je fais ce que je peux — I'm doing my best

3.

verbe impersonnel

il peut faire très froid en janvier — it can get very cold in January

il pouvait être 10 heures — it was probably about 10 o'clock

il peut neiger comme il peut faire beau — it might snow or it might be fine

c'est inimaginable ce qu'il a pu pleuvoir! — you can't imagine ou wouldn't believe how much it rained!

4.

il se peut verbe pronominal impersonnel

il se peut que les prix augmentent en juin — prices may ou might rise in June

se peut-il qu'il m'ait oublié? — can he really have forgotten me?

‘est-ce que tu viendras ce soir?’ - ‘cela se peut’ — ‘are you coming this evening?’ - ‘I may do’

ça ne se peut pas — (colloq) it's impossible

5.

on ne peut plus locution adverbiale

il est on ne peut plus timide — he is as shy as can be

il est on ne peut plus désagréable — he's thoroughly unpleasant

6.

on ne peut mieux locution adverbiale

c'est on ne peut mieux — it couldn't be better

ils s'entendent on ne peut mieux — they get on extremely well

••

autant que faire se peut — as far as possible

II puvwaʀ
nom masculin

1) ( puissance) power

pouvoirs surnaturels — supernatural powers

2) ( faculté) ability

avoir le pouvoir de faire — to be able to do

3) ( ascendant) power ( sur over)

4) ( autorité) power, authority

je n'ai pas le pouvoir de décider — it's not up to me to decide

5) Politique power

pouvoir absolu — absolute power

après 15 ans au pouvoir — after 15 years in power

donner tous pouvoir à quelqu'un — to give somebody full powers

le pouvoir en place — the government in power

6) Administration, Droit power

pouvoir par-devant notaire — power of attorney

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- pouvoir d'achat

- pouvoir exécutif

- le pouvoir judiciaire

- pouvoir législatif

- les pouvoir s constitués

- pouvoir s publics

* * *
puvwaʀ
1. nm

1) (= influence, autorité) power

Le Premier ministre a beaucoup de pouvoir. — The prime minister has a lot of power.

avoir pouvoir de faire (= autorisation) — to have the authority to do, to have authority to do, (= droit) to have the right to do

2) (= dirigeants)

le pouvoir — those in power

les pouvoirs publics — the authorities

2. vb aux

1) (= avoir la possibilité de) to be able to

Je suis déçu de ne pas pouvoir le faire. — I am disappointed not to be able to do it.

Je ne pourrai pas venir samedi. — I won't be able to come on Saturday., I can't come on Saturday.

Je n'ai pas pu le réparer. — I couldn't repair it., I wasn't able to repair it.

Je peux lui téléphoner si tu veux. — I can phone her if you like.

2) (= avoir la permission de)

Vous pouvez aller au cinéma. — You can go to the pictures.

Puis-je venir vous voir samedi? — May I come and see you on Saturday?

3) (hypothèse)

Il a pu avoir un accident. — He may have had an accident., He might have had an accident., He could have had an accident.

Il aurait pu le dire! — He might have said so!, He could have said so!

4) (autres locutions)

tu ne peux pas savoir! — you have no idea!

tu peux le dire! — you can say that again!

3. vb impers

il peut arriver que — it may be that

il pourrait pleuvoir — it might rain

4. vt

J'ai fait tout ce que j'ai pu. — I did all I could.

Fais ce que tu peux. — Do what you can.

Je n'y peux rien. — I can't do anything about it.

on ne peut; Je me porte on ne peut mieux. — I'm absolutely fine., I couldn't be better.

Elle est on ne peut plus gentille. — She couldn't be nicer., She's as nice as can be.

je n'en peux plus (fatigue) — I'm exhausted, (patience) I can't take any more

* * *

I.

pouvoir verb table: pouvoir

❢ Can et may qui peuvent traduire le verbe pouvoir ne s'emploient ni à l'infinitif, ni au futur.

A v aux

1 ( être capable de) to be able to; peux-tu soulever cette boîte? can you lift this box?; nous espérons pouvoir partir cette année we hope to be able to go away this year; dès que je pourrai as soon as I can; il ne pourra pas venir he won't be able to come; je suis content que vous ayez pu venir I'm glad you could come; il ne pouvait pas cacher son irritation he couldn't conceal his annoyance; il pourrait mieux faire he could do better; elle aurait pu le faire she could have done it; tu peux/pourrais bien me rendre ce service you can/could at least do this for me; tu ne pouvais pas me le dire tout de suite! why couldn't you have told me ou didn't you tell me that right away?; on ne pourrait mieux dire that's very well put; je n'en peux plus (épuisement, exaspération) I've had it○; ( satiété) I'm full○; ⇒ vieillesse;

2 ( être autorisé à) to be allowed to; les élèves ne peuvent pas quitter l'établissement sans autorisation pupils can't ou may not ou are not allowed to leave the school without permission; est-ce que je peux me servir de ta voiture? can I use your car?; puis-je m'asseoir? may I sit down?; est-ce qu'on peut fumer ici? is smoking allowed here?; nous ne pouvons tout de même pas les laisser faire we can't just stand by and do nothing; tu peux toujours essayer you can ou could always try; on peut dire que it can be said that; après ce qui est arrivé on peut se poser des questions after what happened questions are bound to be asked;

3 ( avoir le choix de) on peut écrire clef ou clé the word can be written clef or clé; on peut ne pas faire l'accord the agreement is optional; il ne peut pas ne pas accepter he has no option but to accept; il peut être malade après tout ce qu'il a mangé after the amount he ate it's no wonder that he is ill;

4 ( avoir l'obligeance de) pourriez-vous me tenir la porte s'il vous plaît? can ou could you hold the door (open) for me please?; si tu pouvais garder la petite, je sortirais un peu if you could keep an eye on the baby, I could go out for a while; peux-tu me dire quelle heure il est s'il te plaît? could you tell me the time please?;

5 ( être susceptible de) tout peut arriver anything could happen; cela pourrait arriver à n'importe qui it could happen to anybody; il ne peut pas ne pas gagner he's bound to win; où peut-il bien être? where can he be?; où pouvait-il bien être? where could he be?; que peut-il bien faire? what can he be doing?; tout le monde peut se tromper anyone can make a mistake; puisse cette nouvelle année exaucer vos vœux les plus chers wishing you everything you could want for the new year; puisse-t-il revenir sur sa décision we can only hope that he goes back on his decision; puissiez-vous dire vrai let us hope you are right; rien ne pourra l'arrêter nothing can stop him/her; qu'est-ce que cela peut (bien) te faire? what business is it of yours?; il peut toujours espérer there's no harm in wishing ou hoping; s'il croit que je vais payer ses dettes il peut toujours attendre if he thinks I'm going to pay his debts he's got another think coming; elle pouvait mentir, il l'aimait toujours no matter how much she lied, he still loved her; qu'est-ce qu'il peut y avoir comme monde! what a crowd there is!; qu'est-ce qu'il peut faire froid ici! it's so cold here!; ce qu'il peut être grand! how tall he is!; peux-tu être bête! how silly you can be!

B vtr que puis-je pour vous? what can I do for you?; je ne peux rien pour vous/contre eux there's nothing I can do for you/about them; je n'y peux rien I can't do anything about it, there's nothing I can do about it; je fais ce que je peux I'm doing my best; ‘je sais que c'est difficile mais qu'y puis-je?’-‘vous pouvez beaucoup’ ‘I know it's hard, but what can I do?’-‘plenty’.

C v impers il peut faire très froid en janvier it can get very cold in January; il pourrait arriver que je parte I could ou might leave; il pouvait être 10 heures it was probably about 10 o'clock; il peut neiger comme il peut faire beau it might snow or it might be fine; c'est inimaginable ce qu'il a pu pleuvoir! you can't imagine ou wouldn't believe how much it rained!; ce qu'il peut pleuvoir en ce moment! it's raining really hard at the moment.

D il se peut vpr impers il se peut que les prix augmentent en juin prices may ou might rise in June; il se peut or pourrait que j'accepte leur offre I may ou might accept their offer; se peut-il qu'il m'ait oublié? can he really have forgotten me?; se peut-il que vous ayez fait cela? how could you do such a thing?; ‘est-ce que tu viendras ce soir?’-‘cela se peut’ ‘are you coming this evening?’-‘I may do’; cela se pourrait bien very possibly so; il or cela se pourrait (bien) qu'il soit fâché he might (well) be angry; ça ne se peut pas○ it's impossible.

E on ne peut plus loc adv il est on ne peut plus timide he is as shy as can be; c'est on ne peut mieux it couldn't be better; il travaille on ne peut plus sérieusement you couldn't ask for a more conscientious worker; il est on ne peut plus désagréable he's thoroughly unpleasant.

Idiomes

qui peut le plus peut le moins if you can do something complicated, you can do something simple; autant que faire se peut as far as possible.

II.

pouvoir nm

1 ( puissance) power; pouvoirs surnaturels supernatural powers; pouvoir blanchissant d'un détergent whitening power of a detergent; pouvoir d'évocation d'un mot evocative power of a word;

2 ( faculté) ability; avoir un remarquable pouvoir d'adaptation to be remarkably adaptable; avoir le pouvoir de faire to be able to do;

3 ( ascendant) power (sur over); le pouvoir de qn sur qn sb's power over sb; il la tient en son pouvoir he's got her in his power;

4 ( autorité) power, authority; n'avoir aucun pouvoir sur qn to have no power over sb; je n'ai pas le pouvoir de décider it's not up to me to decide; il n'est pas en mon pouvoir de prendre une telle décision I'm not the one who decides;

5 Pol power; pouvoir absolu/royal absolute/royal power; après 15 ans de pouvoir after 15 years in power; avoir le pouvoir to be in power; exercer le pouvoir to exercise power; prendre le pouvoir to take power; arriver au pouvoir to come to power; se maintenir au pouvoir to stay in power; séparation des pouvoirs separation of powers; en vertu des pouvoirs qui nous sont conférés by reason of ou in exercise of the powers invested in us; avoir tous pouvoirs to have ou exercise all powers; donner tous pouvoir à qn to give sb full powers, to confer full powers on sb; les pleins pouvoirs full powers; le pouvoir en place the government in power;

6 Admin, Jur power; déléguer ses pouvoirs à qn to delegate powers to sb; pouvoir par-devant notaire power of attorney; donner pouvoir à qn to give sb a proxy.

Composés

pouvoir d'achat purchasing power; pouvoir calorifique calorific value; pouvoir exécutif executive power; le pouvoir judiciaire ( corps) the judiciary; pouvoir législatif legislative power; pouvoir séparateur Phys resolving power; pouvoir spirituel spiritual power; pouvoir temporel temporal power; les pouvoirs constitués the powers that be; pouvoirs exceptionnels emergency powers; pouvoirs publics authorities.

I

[puvwar] nom masculin

1. [aptitude, possibilité] power

avoir un grand pouvoir de concentration/de persuasion to have great powers of concentration/persuasion

je n'ai pas le pouvoir de lire l'avenir! I cannot predict the future!

il n'est plus en notre pouvoir de décider de la question we're no longer in a position to decide on this matter

je ferai tout ce qui est en mon pouvoir pour t'aider I'll do everything ou all in my power to help you

pouvoir d'achat ÉCONOMIE purchasing power

2. ADMINISTRATION & DROIT [d'un président, d'un tuteur] power

avoir pouvoir de décision to have the authority to decide

pouvoir disciplinaire disciplinary powers

3. POLITIQUE

le pouvoir

a. [exercice] power

b. [gouvernants] government

elle est trop proche du pouvoir pour comprendre she's too close to the seat of power to understand

arriver au pouvoir to come to power

être au pouvoir

a. [parti élu] to be in power ou office

b. [junte] to be in power

les gens au pouvoir ne connaissent pas nos problèmes those in power ou the powers that be don't understand our difficulties

prendre le pouvoir

a. [élus] to take office

b. [dictateur] to seize power

exercer le pouvoir to exercise power, to govern, to rule

le pouvoir central central government

le pouvoir exécutif executive power, the executive

le pouvoir judiciaire judicial power, the judiciary

le pouvoir législatif legislative power, the legislature

le pouvoir local local government, the local authorities

4. [influence] power, influence

avoir du pouvoir sur quelqu'un to have power ou influence over somebody

avoir quelqu'un en son pouvoir to have somebody in one's power

5. PHYSIQUE & TECHNOLOGIE power, quality

pouvoir calorifique (inférieur)/supérieur (net)/gross calorific value

pouvoir couvrant (d'une peinture) opacity (of a paint)

pouvoir isolant insulating capacity

————————

pouvoirs nom masculin pluriel

1. [fonctions] powers, authority

outrepasser ses pouvoirs to overstep ou to exceed one's authority

avoir tous pouvoirs pour faire quelque chose

a. [administrateur] to have full powers to do something

b. [architecte, animateur] to have carte blanche to do something

pouvoirs exceptionnels POLITIQUE special powers (available to the President of the French Republic in an emergency)

2. [gouvernants]

les pouvoirs constitués the legally constituted government

les pouvoirs publics the authorities

3. [surnaturels] powers

II

[puvwar] verbe auxiliaire

1. [avoir la possibilité, la capacité de]

je peux revenir en France I'm able to ou I can return to France

je peux vous aider? [généralement, dans un magasin] can I help you?

on peut toujours s'arranger some sort of an arrangement can always be worked out

comment as-tu pu lui mentir! how could you lie to him!

quand il pourra de nouveau marcher when he's able to walk again

je ne peux pas dormir I'm unable to ou I can't sleep

tout le monde ne peut pas le faire/en dire autant! not everybody can do it/say that!

le projet ne pourra pas se faire sans sa collaboration the project can't be carried out without her collaboration

tu ne peux pas ne pas l'aider you MUST help her, you can't refuse to help her

il ne peut pas la voir (en peinture) (familier) he can't stand (the sight of) her

2. [parvenir à] to manage ou to be able to

avez-vous pu entrer en contact avec lui? did you succeed in contacting ou manage to contact him?

c'est construit de telle manière que l'on ne puisse pas s'échapper it's built in such a way that it's impossible to escape ou as to make escape impossible

3. [avoir la permission de]

vous pouvez disposer you may ou can go now

si je peux ou (soutenu) si je puis m'exprimer ainsi if I may use the phrase

si on ne peut plus plaisanter, maintenant! it's a pretty sad thing if you can't have a laugh anymore!

[avoir des raisons de]

on ne peut que s'en féliciter one can't but feel happy about it

je suis désolé — ça, tu peux (l'être)! (familier) I'm so sorry — so you should be ou and with good reason ou and I should think so too!

4. [exprime une éventualité, un doute, un risque]

la maladie peut revenir the disease can ou may recur

attention, tu pourrais glisser careful, you might ou could slip

ce ne peut être déjà les invités! (surely) it can't be the guests already!

j'aurais pu l'attendre longtemps, elle n'arrive que demain! I could have waited a long time, she's not coming until tomorrow!

après tout, il pourrait bien ne pas avoir menti he may well have been telling the truth after all

c'est plus facile qu'on ne pourrait le croire it's easier than you might think

je peux toujours m'être trompé it's possible I might have got it wrong

ça aurait pu être pire it could have been worse

(tournure impersonnelle)

il pourrait s'agir d'un suicide it could ou may ou might be a suicide

il peut arriver que... it may (so) ou can happen that...

5. [exprime une approximation]

elle pouvait avoir entre 50 et 60 ans she could have been between 50 and 60 (years of age)

6. [exprime une suggestion, une hypothèse]

tu peux toujours essayer de lui téléphoner you could always try phoning him

tu pourrais au moins t'excuser! you could at least apologize!, the least you could do is (to) apologize!

il aurait pu me prévenir! he could've ou might've warned me!

on peut s'attendre à tout avec elle anything's possible with her

7. [en intensif]

où ai-je bien pu laisser mes lunettes? what on earth can I have done with my glasses?

qu'a-t-elle (bien) pu leur dire pour les mettre dans cet état? what can she possibly have said for them to be in such a state!

8. (littéraire) [exprime le souhait]

puisse-t-il vous entendre! let us hope he can hear you!

puissé-je ne jamais revivre des moments pareils! may I never have to live through that again!

————————

[puvwar] verbe transitif

[être capable de faire]

qu'y puis-je? what can I do about it?

vous seul y pouvez quelque chose only you can do anything about it

on n'y peut rien it can't be helped, nothing can be done about it

que puis-je pour vous? what can I do for you?

j'ai fait tout ce que j'ai pu I did my level best ou all I could

je n'en peux plus

a. [physiquement] I'm exhausted

b. [moralement] I can't take anymore ou stand it any longer

c. [je suis rassasié] I'm full (up)

ma voiture n'en peut plus (familier) my car's had it

je n'en peux plus de l'entendre se plaindre sans cesse I just can't take his continual moaning any more

regarde-le danser avec elle, il n'en peut plus! (familier & humoristique) just look at him dancing with her, he's in seventh heaven!

————————

se pouvoir verbe impersonnel

ça se peut it may ou could be

ça se peut, mais... that's as may be, but...

il va pleuvoir — ça se pourrait bien! it's going to rain — that's quite possible!

sois calme, et s'il se peut, diplomate keep calm and, if (at all) possible, be tactful

il ou ça se peut que: il se peut qu'il soit malade he might be ill, maybe he's ill

il se pourrait bien qu'il n'y ait plus de places it might ou could well be fully booked

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > pouvoir

4 Hand

f; -, Hände

1. hand; feuchte Hände haben have wet hands; auf / mit der flachen Hand in / with the palm of one’s hand; in der hohlen Hand in the hollow of one’s hand; mit ruhiger / sicherer Hand with a steady / sure hand; keine Hand frei haben not have a hand free; Hände hoch ( oder ich schieße)! hands up (or I’ll shoot)!; Hände weg! hands off!; an der / jemandes Hand gehen walk holding hands / holding s.o.’s hand; sie hatte ihr Kind an der Hand she was holding her child’s hand, she had her child by the hand; jemanden an die oder bei der Hand nehmen take s.o.’s hand; auf Händen und Füßen kriechen on all fours, on one’s hands and knees; aus der Hand legen oder geben put aside; jemandem aus der Hand lesen read s.o.’s hand; bei der Hand oder zur Hand at hand, handy; durch ( Heben der) Hand abstimmen by a show of hands; in Händen halten geh. hold in one’s hands; Hand in Hand gehen walk hand in hand; in die oder zur Hand nehmen pick s.th. up; mit Händen und Füßen reden gesticulate, talk with one’s hands; sich mit Händen und Füßen wehren umg. auch fig. fight tooth and nail; mit der Hand machen etc.: by hand; mit der oder von Hand gemacht / gemalt etc. handmade / handpainted etc.; zu Händen auf Brief: c / o (= care of); amtlich: att., Attention; zur linken / rechten oder linker / rechter Hand on the left-hand / right-hand side; Hand anlegen (an + Akk) take s.th. in hand; ( mit) Hand anlegen lend a hand; Hand an sich (Akk) legen euph. commit suicide; letzte Hand an etw. (Akk) legen add the finishing touches to; jemandem die Hand auflegen segnend: lay one’s hand on s.o.; jemandem die Hand geben oder reichen oder schütteln shake hands with s.o.; ( gib mir die) Hand drauf! (let’s) shake on it!; es war so dunkel, dass man die Hand nicht vor den Augen sehen konnte it was so dark you couldn’t see your hand in front of your face

2. fig. Wendungen, mit Adj.: die öffentliche Hand the authorities, the state; jemandes rechte Hand s.o.’s right-hand man ( oder woman); die Tote Hand JUR. mortmain; aus bester Hand on good authority; aus erster Hand first-hand; ich hab’s aus erster Hand I got it straight from the horse’s mouth; aus privater Hand privately; aus zweiter Hand kaufen etc.: second-hand; Erlebnis, erleben: vicarious(ly); eine feste Hand brauchen need a firm hand; sie ist in festen Händen umg. she’s accounted for, she’s booked; jemandem freie Hand lassen give s.o. a free hand; in guten Händen sein be in good hands; eine glückliche oder geschickte Hand haben have the right touch ( mit for); sie hat eine ( glückliche) Hand mit she knows how to handle; mit Menschen, Pflanzen etc.: she has a way with; besser als in die hohle Hand geschissen vulg. better than a poke in the eye (with a burnt [Am. sharp] stick), better than nothing; alle oder beide Hände voll zu tun haben umg. generell: have a lot on one’s plate; mit jemandem/etw.: have one’s hands full with s.o./s.th.; mit beiden Händen zugreifen jump at the chance; von langer Hand long beforehand; mit leeren Händen dastehen / weggehen be left / go away empty-handed; jemandem etw. zu treuen Händen geben geh. give s.th. to s.o. for safekeeping; ( aber) zu treuen Händen! geh. hum. (but) I want it etc. back!; mit vollen Händen liberally; sein Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben throw one’s money about (Am. around); hinter vorgehaltener Hand sprechen etc.: off the record; link... 1

3. fig. Wendungen, mit Präp.: jemandem etw. an die Hand geben (Argumente, Informationen etc.) hand s.o. s.th., pass s.th. on to s.o., make s.th. available to s.o.; an der Hand haben umg. know of, know where to find, be able to get hold of; (Person) auch have contacts with s.o.; ( bar) auf die Hand cash in hand; es liegt ( klar) auf der Hand it’s (so) obvious; jemanden auf Händen tragen wait on s.o. hand and foot; Hand aufs Herz! (ich lüge nicht) cross my heart; (sei ehrlich) be honest; jemandem aus der Hand fressen umg. eat out of s.o.’s hand; aus der Hand geben part with; (Posten etc.) auch give up; er gibt oder lässt es nicht aus der Hand auch he won’t let go of it, he won’t let anyone else have it ( oder take it from him); mit Kritik ist er immer schnell bei der Hand umg. he’s always very quick to criticize; durch jemandes Hände gehen go through s.o.’s hands; schon durch viele Hände gegangen sein have been through several hands; Hand in Hand arbeiten work together, cooperate (closely); das geht Hand in Hand mit... it goes hand in hand with..., it goes together with...; jemandem in die Hände arbeiten play into s.o.’s hands; in die Hände bekommen (etw., jemanden) get one’s hands on; jemandem in die Hände fallen fall into s.o.’s hands; jemanden in der Hand haben have s.o. in one’s grip; etw. gegen jemanden in der Hand haben have s.th. on s.o.; sich in der Hand haben have everything under control, have a firm grip on o.s.; wir haben die Lage in der Hand we’ve got the situation under control; du hast es in der Hand oder es liegt in deiner Hand it’s up to you; in jemandes Hand sein Person: be in s.o.’s hands, be up to s.o.; das Restaurant ist in griechischer Hand the restaurant is run by a Greek landlord; unser Hotel war fest in italienischer Hand the vast majority of guests in our hotel were Italians; in die Hände spucken umg., fig. roll up one’s sleeves; jemandem etw. in die Hand versprechen promise s.o. s.th. ( oder s.th. to s.o.); seine Hand ins Feuer legen für put one’s hand into the fire for; die Hände in den Schoß legen (nicht arbeiten) take it easy; (sich untätig verhalten) sit on one’s hands; seine Hand oder Hände im Spiel haben have a hand in it; etw. in die Hand nehmen Aufgabe etc.: take charge of s.th.; die Sache in die Hand nehmen take the initiative; jemandem (etw.) in die Hände spielen play (s.th.) into s.o.’s hands; es ist mit Händen zu greifen it sticks out a mile ( oder like a sore thumb) umg.; seine Hand ( schützend) über jemanden halten take s.o. under one’s wing, shield ( oder protect) s.o.; die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen umg. throw up one’s hands in horror; um jemandes Hand anhalten oder bitten ask for s.o.’s hand; unter der Hand (nicht offiziell) unofficially; (privat) kaufen etc.: privately; (heimlich, illegal) under the counter; (nebenbei) on the side; jemandem unter den Händen zerrinnen Geld etc.: go through s.o.’s fingers like water; die Arbeit geht ihm flott von der Hand he’s a fast worker; von der Hand in den Mund leben live from hand to mouth; von der Hand weisen (verwerfen, abtun) dismiss; (leugnen) deny; es ist nicht von der Hand zu weisen it can’t be denied, there’s no denying ( oder getting away from) it; von jemandes Hand sterben etc. geh. die by s.o.’s hand; von Hand zu Hand gehen go ( oder be passed) from hand to hand; jemandem zur oder an die Hand gehen lend s.o. a hand; sie hat immer eine Antwort zur Hand auch she’s always got an answer pat (Am. ready), she’s never at a loss for words; anhand, wegsterben

4. fig. sonstige Wendungen: Hand und Fuß haben Plan etc.: make sense, hold water; was er macht, hat Hand und Fuß he doesn’t do things in ( oder by) half measures; ich würde mir für ihn die Hand abhacken lassen umg. I’d cut off my right arm for him; die Hand aufhalten oder hinhalten umg., meist pej. hold out one’s hand; einander die Hand geben Ereignisse etc.: follow hard on each other’s heels, happen in close succession; die Ereignisse gaben einander die Hand auch one thing led to another; jemandem die Hand ( fürs Leben) reichen marry s.o.; jemandem die Hand zur Versöhnung reichen offer s.o. one’s hand as a sign of reconciliation; die beiden können einander die Hand reichen they’re two of a kind; im negativen Sinne: auch they’re as bad as each other, one’s as bad as the other; (sie sind in der gleichen Lage) they’re in the same boat; von seiner Hände Arbeit leben live by the work of one’s hands; sich (Dat) die Hände reiben vor heimlicher Freude: rub one’s hands; eine Hand wäscht die andere Sprichwort you scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours, one hand washes the other altm.; ich wasche meine Hände in Unschuld geh. I wash my hands in innocence; ausrutschen, gebunden II 2, küssen

5. (Schrift) hand

6. Kartenspiel: hand; eine gute / schlechte Hand a good / bad (od. poor) hand; auf der Hand in one’s hand; aus der Hand spielen nicht vom Tisch, Dummy: play from one’s hand; ( aus der) Hand spielen Skat: play from one’s hand (without picking up the discard)

7. Fußball: ( das war) Hand! handball!

—

Hand2

f; -, - oder Hände; Maßangabe: zwei Hand breit etwa a foot wide; eine Hand voll konkret: a handful; (wenige) a handful

* * *

die Hand

hand

* * *
Hạnd
* * *

die

(the part of the body at the end of the arm.) hand

* * *

Hand

<-, Hände>

[hant, pl ˈhɛndə]

f

1. ANAT hand

mit seiner Hände Arbeit (geh) with one's own hands

jdm die \Hand auflegen to lay one's hands on sb

man kann die \Hand nicht vor den Augen sehen one can't see one's hand in front of one's face

aus der \Hand zeichnen freehand; essen with one's fingers

jdm aus der \Hand fressen Tier to eat out of sb's hand

jdm rutscht die \Hand aus (fam) sb hits out in anger

jdm die \Hand bieten [o reichen] (geh) to give sb one's hand, to extend one's hand to sb

mit der bloßen \Hand, mit bloßen Händen with one's bare hands

jdm die \Hand drücken/schütteln to press/shake sb's hand

jdm etw in die \Hand drücken to slip sth into sb's hand

die \Hand zur Faust ballen to clench one's fist

mit der flachen \Hand with the flat [or palm] of one's hand

keine \Hand frei haben to have both hands full

jdm/sich die \Hand geben [o (geh) reichen] to shake sb's hand

sie reichten sich zur Begrüßung/Versöhnung die Hand [o Hände] they greeted each other/made peace by shaking hands

sich dat auf etw akk die \Hand geben to shake hands on sth

etw in der Hand [o in [den] Händen] halten [o haben] to have sth [in one's hands]

Hände hoch [oder ich schieße]! hands up [or I'll shoot]!

eine hohle \Hand machen to cup one's hands

aus der hohlen \Hand from one's cupped hands

\Hand in \Hand hand in hand

in die Hände klatschen to clap [one's hands]; (Beifall) to applaud

jdm die \Hand küssen to kiss sb's hand

küss die \Hand! ÖSTERR (o veraltet) your servant old; (guten Tag) how do you do? form; (auf Wiedersehen) good day

etw aus der \Hand legen to put down sth sep

jdm aus der \Hand lesen to read sb's palm [or hand]

jdm die Zukunft aus der \Hand lesen to tell sb's future [by reading sb's palm [or hand]]

linker/rechter \Hand on the left/right

zur linken/rechten \Hand on the left-hand/right-hand side

mit der \Hand by hand

jdn an die \Hand nehmen to take sb by the hand [or sb's hand]

jdm etw aus der \Hand/den Händen nehmen to take sth from [or off] sb, to take sth out of sb's hand/hands

sie nahm ihrem Kind das Messer aus der \Hand she took the knife away from her child

jdn bei der \Hand nehmen [o fassen] to take hold of sb's hand

etw in die [o zur] \Hand nehmen to pick up sth sep

sich dat die Hände reiben to rub one's hands [together]

eine ruhige [o sichere] \Hand a steady hand; (fig) a sure hand

mit sanfter \Hand with a gentle hand

jdm etw aus der \Hand schlagen to knock sth out of sb's hand

die Hände in die Seiten stemmen to put one's hands on one's hips

für vier Hände, zu vier Händen MUS

Klavierstück für vier Hände [o zu vier Händen] piano piece for four hands

zu vier Händen spielen to play a [piano] duet

von \Hand by hand; bedienen a. manually

von \Hand genäht/geschrieben hand-sewn/handwritten

Hände weg! (fam) hands [or fam mitts] off!

2.

<-, - o Hände>

(Maß)

ein paar \Hand [o Hände] voll Kirschen a few handfuls of cherries

eine \Hand voll Häuser (fig) a handful of houses

eine \Hand/zwei \Hand [o Hände] breit six inches/a foot wide

eine \Hand breit Wein im Fass six inches of wine in the barrel

ein zwei \Hand [o Hände] breiter Riss a foot-wide crack, a crack a foot wide

3. pl (Besitz)

▪ Hände hands

der Besitz gelang in fremde Hände the property passed into foreign hands

in jds Hände übergehen to pass into sb's hands

in fremde Hände übergehen to change hands

4. POL

die öffentliche \Hand, die öffentlichen Hände (der Staat) the government, central government; (die Gemeinde) local government

durch die öffentliche \Hand finanziert financed by the public sector

5. JUR

die Tote \Hand mortmain spec

etw an die Tote \Hand veräußern to amortize sth hist

6. kein pl FBALL handball

der Schiedsrichter erkannte auf \Hand the referee blew for handball

\Hand machen to handle the ball

7. (sl: Boxen) punch

8. kein pl (veraltend: Handschrift) hand

9. ÖSTERR (fam: Arm) arm

10.

▶ die \Hand für jdn/etw abhacken [o abschlagen] lassen (fam) to stake one's life on sb/sth

▶ die [o seine] \Hand von jdm abziehen (geh) to stop protecting sb

▶ an \Hand einer S. gen with the aid of sth

▶ die \Hand in anderer [o fremder] Leute Tasche haben to live in other people's pockets

▶ um jds \Hand anhalten [o bitten] (veraltend geh) to request [or ask for] sb's hand in marriage dated

▶ [bei etw dat] [selbst] [mit] \Hand anlegen to lend a hand [with sth]

▶ jdm/etw in die \Hand [o Hände] arbeiten to play into sb's hands/the hands of sth

▶ [mit jdm] \Hand in \Hand arbeiten to work hand in hand [with sb]; (geheim) to work hand in glove [with sb]

▶ [bar] auf die [flache] \Hand (fam) cash in hand

100 Euro auf die \Hand [bekommen/gezahlt] €100 [paid] in cash

▶ aus der \Hand offhand

aus der \Hand weiß ich nicht genau I don't know exactly offhand

▶ jd kann etw an beiden Händen abzählen [o abfingern] (fam) sb can do sth with one hand [tied] behind their back

▶ jdn/etw in die \Hand [o Hände] bekommen [o (fam) kriegen] to get one's hands on sb/sth; (zufällig) to come across sb/sth

▶ besser als in die hohle Hand gespuckt (fam) [o (derb) geschissen] better than a slap in the face with a wet fish hum

▶ bei jdm in besten Händen sein to be in safe hands with sb

bei ihr sind Sie damit in besten Händen you're in safe hands with her as far as that is concerned

▶ jdn um jds \Hand bitten (veraltend geh) to ask sb for sb's hand in marriage dated

▶ seine Hände mit Blut befleckt haben (geh) to have blood on one's hands

▶ \Hand drauf! (fam) promise!, swear!

▶ aus erster/zweiter \Hand first-hand/second-hand; (vom ersten/zweiten Eigentümer) with one previous owner/two previous owners

Informationen aus zweiter \Hand second-hand information

etw aus erster \Hand wissen to have first-hand knowledge of sth

▶ jdm in die Hände fallen to fall into sb's hands

▶ jdm in die \Hand [o Hände] fallen [o kommen]:

schaut mal, was mir zufällig in die Hände gefallen ist! look what I came across by chance!

▶ in festen Händen sein (fam) to be spoken for

▶ für jdn/etw seine [o die] \Hand ins Feuer legen to vouch for sb/sth

▶ fleißige Hände (fleißige Arbeiter) hard workers; (Bereitwillige) willing hands

▶ freie \Hand haben to have a free hand

▶ jdm freie \Hand lassen to give sb a free hand

bei der Regelung dieser Angelegenheit lassen wir Ihnen freie \Hand we give you free rein in settling this matter

▶ von fremder \Hand from a stranger

die Unterschrift stammt von fremder \Hand this is a stranger's signature

▶ jdm aus der \Hand fressen (fam) to eat out of sb's hand

▶ \Hand und Fuß haben to be well thought out

▶ weder \Hand noch Fuß haben to have no rhyme or reason, to make no sense

dieser Plan hat weder \Hand noch Fuß there's no rhyme or reason to this plan

▶ mit Händen und Füßen (hum: gestikulierend) with gestures; (fam: heftig) tooth and nail

etw mit Händen und Füßen erklären to use gestures to explain sth

▶ jdm etw an die \Hand geben to provide sb with sth, to make sth available to sb

▶ jdm auf etw akk die \Hand geben to promise sb sth [faithfully]

jdm die \Hand darauf geben, dass... to promise sb [faithfully] that...

▶ etw aus der \Hand geben (weggeben) to let sth out of one's hands; (leihen) to lend sth; (verzichten) to relinquish sth

▶ jdn/etw in jds \Hand geben (geh) to place sb/sth in sb's hands

▶ jdm sind die Hände [und Füße] gebunden, jds Hände sind gebunden sb's hands are tied

▶ jdm [bei etw dat] an die \Hand gehen to give [or lend] sb a hand [with sth]

▶ durch jds Hände [o \Hand] gehen to pass through sb's hands

▶ [mit etw dat] \Hand in \Hand gehen to go hand in hand [with sth]

▶ jdm geht etw gut [o leicht] [o (fam) flott] von der \Hand sb finds sth easy

am Computer gehen einem viele Textarbeiten leicht von der \Hand working with texts is easy on a computer

▶ von \Hand zu \Hand gehen to pass from hand to hand

▶ jdm zur \Hand gehen to lend sb a [helping] hand

▶ bei/in etw dat eine glückliche \Hand haben [o beweisen] [o zeigen] (richtig handeln) to know the right thing to do with sth; (Gewinn erzielen) to have the Midas touch with sth; (Geschick aufweisen) to have a [natural] flair for sth

▶ mit Händen zu greifen sein to be as plain as a pikestaff [or fam the nose on your face]

▶ eine grüne \Hand haben to have green fingers BRIT fam

▶ jdn [für etw akk] an der \Hand haben (fam) to have sb on hand [for sth]

für Autoreparaturen habe ich jemand an der \Hand I've got someone on hand who can fix cars

▶ etw bei der \Hand haben to have sth handy [or to hand]; (parat) to have sth ready

▶ etw in der \Hand haben to have sth in one's hands

ich habe diese Entscheidung nicht in der \Hand this decision is not in [or is out of] my hands

▶ etw gegen jdn in der \Hand haben to have sth on sb

▶ jdn [fest] in der \Hand haben to have sb [well] in hand

▶ sich akk in der \Hand haben to have oneself under control [or fam a grip on oneself]

▶ etw unter den Händen haben to be working on sth

▶ die [o seine] \Hand auf etw dat halten (fam) to keep a tight rein on sth

die \Hand auf der Tasche halten (fam: kontrollieren) to hold the purse strings; (geizen) to be tight-fisted fam

▶ die [o seine [schützende]] \Hand über jdn halten (geh) to protect sb

▶ \Hand aufs Herz! (versprochen!) cross my/your heart [and hope to die], [give me your/I give you my] word of honour BRIT [or AM honor]; (ehrlich!) honest/be honest!

▶ die [hohle] [o seine] \Hand hinhalten [o aufhalten] (fam) to hold out one's hand [for money]

▶ nicht in die hohle \Hand! (fam) nothing at all

▶ in jds Händen sein to be in sb's hands

▶ [bei jdm] in guten/richtigen/sicheren Händen sein to be in good/the right/safe hands [with sb]

▶ klebrige Hände haben (fam) to have sticky fingers fam

▶ die Hände überm Kopf zusammenschlagen (fam) to throw one's hands up in amazement/horror

▶ von langer \Hand well in advance

▶ jdm die \Hand [zum Bund] fürs Leben reichen (geh) to marry sb

▶ mit leeren Händen empty-handed

▶ \Hand an jdn legen (geh: angreifen) to assault sb; (töten) to take sb's life

▶ \Hand an sich akk legen (geh) to take one's own life

▶ die [o seine] \Hand auf etw akk legen (geh) to lay [one's] hands on sth

▶ etw in jds \Hand [o Hände] legen (geh) to entrust sb with sth

▶ mit leichter \Hand effortlessly, with ease

▶ leitende [o lenkende] \Hand guiding hand

▶ [die] letzte \Hand an etw akk legen to put the finishing touches to sth

▶ [klar] auf der \Hand liegen (fam) to be [perfectly] obvious

▶ in jds \Hand liegen [o stehen] (geh) to be in sb's hands

▶ mit der linken Hand (fam) easily, [as] easy as pie fam

▶ eine lockere [o lose] \Hand haben (fam) to let fly [or lash out] at the slightest provocation

▶ eine milde [o offene] \Hand haben to give generously, to be open-handed

▶ von der \Hand in den Mund leben to live from hand to mouth

▶ jdm etw aus der \Hand nehmen to relieve sb of sth

▶ etw in die \Hand nehmen (sich darum kümmern) to attend to [or take care of] sth; (übernehmen) to take sth in hand [oneself]

etw allein [o selbst] in die [eigene] \Hand nehmen to take sth into one's own hands

▶ aus [o von] privater \Hand privately, from a private individual

„aus privater \Hand abzugeben“ “private sale”

▶ jds rechte \Hand sein to be sb's right-hand man

▶ dann können wir uns dat die \Hand reichen! shake!, snap! fam

▶ sich dat [o (geh) einander] die Hände reichen können to be tarred with the same brush

▶ keine \Hand rühren (fam) to not lift a finger

▶ jdm die Hände schmieren [o versilbern] (fam) to grease sb's palm fam

▶ schmutzige Hände haben (geh) to be involved in dubious practices

▶ mit etw dat schnell [o flink] [o gleich] bei der \Hand sein (fam) to be quick to do sth

▶ die Hände in den Schoß legen [o in die Taschen stecken] to sit back and do nothing

▶ in jds \Hand sein to be in sb's hands

dieses Geschäft ist in türkischer \Hand this business is owned by Turks

▶ [bei etw dat] die Hand [o seine Hand] [o seine Hände] [mit] im Spiel haben to have a hand in sth; Eifersucht, Motiv to have a part to play in sth

überall seine Hand [o Hände] im Spiel haben to have a [or one's] finger in every pie

▶ jdm etw in die \Hand [o Hände] spielen to pass sth on to sb

▶ in die Hände spucken (fam) to roll up one's sleeves sep

▶ mit starker [o fester] \Hand with a firm hand; (strenger) with an iron hand

▶ jdn auf Händen tragen to fulfil [or AM fulfill] sb's every wish

▶ etw zu treuen Händen nehmen (usu hum geh) to take sth into one's care

▶ jdm etw zu treuen Händen übergeben (usu hum geh) to give sth to sb for safekeeping, to entrust sth to sb

▶ seine Hände in Unschuld waschen (geh) to wash one's hands of it/sb/sth

▶ unter der \Hand secretly, on the quiet fam

etw unter der \Hand erfahren to hear sth through the grapevine

etw unter der \Hand kaufen/verkaufen to buy/sell sth under the counter [or table]

▶ jdm etw in die \Hand versprechen to promise sb sth [faithfully]

▶ alle [o beide] Hände voll zu tun haben (fam) to have one's hands full

▶ mit vollen Händen (verschwenderisch) excessively; (großzügig) generously

das [o sein] Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben to spend one's money left, right and centre [or AM center] [or fam hand over fist]

▶ von jds \Hand (geh) at sb's hand

▶ hinter vorgehaltener \Hand in confidence, off the record

▶ eine \Hand wäscht die andere (prov) you scratch my back [and] I'll scratch yours prov

▶ jdm unter der \Hand [o den Händen] wegsterben (fam) to die while under sb's care

▶ etw von der \Hand weisen to deny sth

▶ etw lässt sich akk nicht von der \Hand weisen, etw ist nicht von der \Hand zu weisen sth cannot be denied

es lässt sich nicht von der \Hand weisen there's no denying it

es ist nicht von der \Hand zu weisen, dass... there's no denying that...

▶ jdm unter den Händen zerrinnen [o schmelzen] to slip through sb's fingers

▶ zu Händen

zu Händen [von] Herrn Weissner For the attention of Mr Weissner, Attn: Mr Weissner

▶ jdm zuckt es in der \Hand [o den Händen] sb's itching to hit sb fam

▶ etw zur \Hand haben to have sth handy [or to hand]

▶ zur \Hand sein to be at hand

▶ mit etw dat zur \Hand sein to be ready with sth

▶ zwei linke Hände haben (fam) to have two left hands fam, BRIT fam also to be all fingers and thumbs

* * *

die; Hand, Hände

1) hand

eine Hand voll — a handful

mit der rechten/linken Hand — with one's right/left hand

jemandem die Hand geben od. (geh.) reichen — shake somebody's hand; shake somebody by the hand

jemandem die Hand drücken/schütteln — press/shake somebody's hand

eine Hand frei haben — have a free hand

Hände hoch! — hands up!

jemanden an die od. (geh.) bei der Hand nehmen — take somebody by the hand

jemandem etwas aus der Hand nehmen — take something out of somebody's hand/hands

etwas aus der Hand legen — put something down

jemandem aus der Hand lesen — read somebody's hand or palm

etwas in die/zur Hand nehmen — pick something up

etwas in der Hand/den Händen haben od. (geh.) halten — have got or hold something in one's hand/hands

in die Hände klatschen — clap one's hands

mit Händen und Füßen reden — use gestures to make oneself understood

etwas mit der Hand schreiben/nähen — write/sew something by hand

von Hand — by hand

Hand in Hand gehen — go or walk hand-in-hand

jemandem etwas in die Hand versprechen — promise somebody something faithfully

2) o. Pl. (Fußball) handball

3) (in Wendungen)

was hältst du davon - Hand aufs Herz! — what do you think? - be honest

eine Hand wäscht die andere — you scratch my back and 1'll scratch yours

jemandem sind die Hände gebunden — somebody's hands are tied

Hand und Fuß/weder Hand noch Fuß haben — (ugs.) make sense/no sense

[bei etwas selbst mit] Hand anlegen — lend a hand [with something]; die od

seine Hand aufhalten — (ugs.) hold out one's hand

letzte Hand an etwas (Akk.) legen — put the finishing touches pl. to something

sich (Dat.) od. (geh.) alle od. beide Hände damit voll haben, etwas zu tun — (ugs.) have one's hands full doing something

die Hände in den Schoß legen — sit back and do nothing

bei etwas die od. seine Hände [mit] im Spiel haben — have a hand in something

die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen — (ugs.) throw up one's hands in horror

zwei linke Hände haben — (ugs.) have two left hands (coll.)

eine lockere od. lose Hand haben — (ugs.) hit out at the slightest provocation

eine glückliche Hand bei etwas haben — have a feel for the right choice in something

linker/rechter Hand — on or to the left/right

[klar] auf der Hand liegen — (ugs.) be obvious

jemanden auf Händen tragen — lavish every kind of care and attention on somebody

ein Auto/Möbel aus erster Hand — a car/furniture which has/had had one [previous] owner

etwas aus erster Hand wissen — know something at first hand; have first-hand knowledge of something

Kleidung aus zweiter Hand — second-hand clothes pl.

jemandem aus der Hand fressen — eat out of somebody's hand (fig.)

etwas aus der Hand geben — (weggeben) let something out of one's hands; (aufgeben) give something up

jemandem etwas aus der Hand nehmen — relieve somebody of something

etwas bei der Hand haben — (greifbar haben) have something handy; (parat haben) have something ready

mit etwas schnell od. rasch bei der Hand sein — (ugs.) be ready [with something]

Hand in Hand arbeiten — work hand in hand

mit etwas Hand in Hand gehen — go hand in hand with something

hinter vorgehaltener Hand — off the record

in die Hände spucken — spit on one's hands; (fig. ugs.) roll up one's sleeves (fig.)

jemanden/etwas in die Hand od. Hände bekommen — lay or get one's hands on somebody/get one's hands on something

jemandem in die Hände fallen — fall into somebody's hands

jemanden in der Hand haben — have or hold somebody in the palm of one's hand

etwas in die Hand nehmen — take something in hand

in jemandes Hand (Dat.) sein od. (geh.) liegen — be in somebody's hands

in sicheren od. guten Händen sein — be in safe or good hands

sich mit Händen und Füßen gegen etwas sträuben od. wehren — (ugs.) fight tooth and nail against something

mit leeren Händen — emptyhanded

das Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben — spend money like water

um jemandes Hand anhalten od. bitten — (geh. veralt.) ask for somebody's hand [in marriage]

unter der Hand — (fig.) on the quiet

etwas unter der Hand erfahren — hear something on the grapevine

das geht ihm gut/leicht von der Hand — he finds that no trouble

etwas von langer Hand vorbereiten — plan something well in advance

die Nachteile/seine Argumente sind nicht von der Hand zu weisen — the disadvantages cannot be denied/his arguments cannot [simply] be dismissed

von der Hand in den Mund leben — live from hand to mouth

jemandem zur Hand gehen — lend somebody a hand

zu Händen [von] Herrn Müller — for the attention of Herr Müller; attention Herr Müller; s. auch öffentlich 1.

4)

an Hand — s. anhand

* * *

Hand¹ f; -, Hände

1. hand;

feuchte Hände haben have wet hands;

auf/mit der flachen Hand in/with the palm of one’s hand;

in der hohlen Hand in the hollow of one’s hand;

mit ruhiger/sicherer Hand with a steady/sure hand;

keine Hand frei haben not have a hand free;

Hände hoch (oder ich schieße)! hands up (or I’ll shoot)!;

Hände weg! hands off!;

an der/jemandes Hand gehen walk holding hands/holding sb’s hand;

sie hatte ihr Kind an der Hand she was holding her child’s hand, she had her child by the hand;

jemanden an die oder

bei der Hand nehmen take sb’s hand;

auf Händen und Füßen kriechen on all fours, on one’s hands and knees;

aus der Hand legen oder

geben put aside;

jemandem aus der Hand lesen read sb’s hand;

bei der Hand oder

zur Hand at hand, handy;

durch (Heben der) Hand abstimmen by a show of hands;

in Händen halten geh hold in one’s hands;

Hand in Hand gehen walk hand in hand;

in die oder

zur Hand nehmen pick sth up;

mit Händen und Füßen reden gesticulate, talk with one’s hands;

sich mit Händen und Füßen wehren umg auch fig fight tooth and nail;

mit der Hand machen etc: by hand;

mit der oder

von Hand gemacht/gemalt etc handmade/handpainted etc;

zu Händen auf Brief: c/o (= care of); amtlich: att., Attention;

zur linken/rechten oder

linker/rechter Hand on the left-hand/right-hand side;

Hand anlegen (

an +akk) take sth in hand;

(mit) Hand anlegen lend a hand;

Hand an sich (akk)

legen euph commit suicide;

letzte Hand an etwas (akk)

legen add the finishing touches to;

jemandem die Hand auflegen segnend: lay one’s hand on sb;

jemandem die Hand geben oder

reichen oder

schütteln shake hands with sb;

(gib mir die) Hand drauf! (let’s) shake on it!;

es war so dunkel, dass man die Hand nicht vor den Augen sehen konnte it was so dark you couldn’t see your hand in front of your face

2. fig Wendungen, mit adj:

die öffentliche Hand the authorities, the state;

jemandes rechte Hand sb’s right-hand man ( oder woman);

die Tote Hand JUR mortmain;

aus bester Hand on good authority;

aus erster Hand first-hand;

ich hab’s aus erster Hand I got it straight from the horse’s mouth;

aus privater Hand privately;

aus zweiter Hand kaufen etc: second-hand; Erlebnis, erleben: vicarious(ly);

eine feste Hand brauchen need a firm hand;

sie ist in festen Händen umg she’s accounted for, she’s booked;

jemandem freie Hand lassen give sb a free hand;

in guten Händen sein be in good hands;

eine glückliche oder

geschickte Hand haben have the right touch (

mit for);

sie hat eine (glückliche) Hand mit she knows how to handle; mit Menschen, Pflanzen etc: she has a way with;

besser als in die hohle Hand geschissen vulg better than a poke in the eye (with a burnt [US sharp] stick), better than nothing;

alle oder

beide Hände voll zu tun haben umg generell: have a lot on one’s plate; mit jemandem/etwas: have one’s hands full with sb/sth;

mit beiden Händen zugreifen jump at the chance;

von langer Hand long beforehand;

mit leeren Händen dastehen/weggehen be left/go away empty-handed;

jemandem etwas zu treuen Händen geben geh give sth to sb for safekeeping;

(aber) zu treuen Händen! geh hum (but) I want it etc back!;

mit vollen Händen liberally;

sein Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben throw one’s money about (US around);

hinter vorgehaltener Hand sprechen etc: off the record; → link… 1

3. fig Wendungen, mit präp:

jemandem etwas an die Hand geben (Argumente, Informationen etc) hand sb sth, pass sth on to sb, make sth available to sb;

an der Hand haben umg know of, know where to find, be able to get hold of; (Person) auch have contacts with sb;

(bar) auf die Hand cash in hand;

es liegt (klar) auf der Hand it’s (so) obvious;

jemanden auf Händen tragen wait on sb hand and foot;

Hand aufs Herz! (ich lüge nicht) cross my heart; (sei ehrlich) be honest;

jemandem aus der Hand fressen umg eat out of sb’s hand;

aus der Hand geben part with; (Posten etc) auch give up;

er gibt oder

lässt es nicht aus der Hand auch he won’t let go of it, he won’t let anyone else have it ( oder take it from him);

mit Kritik ist er immer schnell bei der Hand umg he’s always very quick to criticize;

durch jemandes Hände gehen go through sb’s hands;

schon durch viele Hände gegangen sein have been through several hands;

Hand in Hand arbeiten work together, cooperate (closely);

das geht Hand in Hand mit … it goes hand in hand with …, it goes together with …;

jemandem in die Hände arbeiten play into sb’s hands;

in die Hände bekommen (etwas, jemanden) get one’s hands on;

jemandem in die Hände fallen fall into sb’s hands;

jemanden in der Hand haben have sb in one’s grip;

etwas gegen jemanden in der Hand haben have sth on sb;

sich in der Hand haben have everything under control, have a firm grip on o.s.;

wir haben die Lage in der Hand we’ve got the situation under control;

du hast es in der Hand oder

es liegt in deiner Hand it’s up to you;

in jemandes Hand sein Person: be in sb’s hands, be up to sb;

das Restaurant ist in griechischer Hand the restaurant is run by a Greek landlord;

unser Hotel war fest in italienischer Hand the vast majority of guests in our hotel were Italians;

in die Hände spucken umg, fig roll up one’s sleeves;

jemandem etwas in die Hand versprechen promise sb sth ( oder sth to sb);

seine Hand ins Feuer legen für put one’s hand into the fire for;

die Hände in den Schoß legen (nicht arbeiten) take it easy; (sich untätig verhalten) sit on one’s hands;

seine Hand oder

Hände im Spiel haben have a hand in it;

etwas in die Hand nehmen Aufgabe etc: take charge of sth;

die Sache in die Hand nehmen take the initiative;

jemandem (etwas) in die Hände spielen play (sth) into sb’s hands;

es ist mit Händen zu greifen it sticks out a mile ( oder like a sore thumb) umg;

seine Hand (schützend) über jemanden halten take sb under one’s wing, shield ( oder protect) sb;

die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen umg throw up one’s hands in horror;

um jemandes Hand anhalten oder

bitten ask for sb’s hand;

unter der Hand (nicht offiziell) unofficially; (privat) kaufen etc: privately; (heimlich, illegal) under the counter; (nebenbei) on the side;

jemandem unter den Händen zerrinnen Geld etc: go through sb’s fingers like water;

die Arbeit geht ihm flott von der Hand he’s a fast worker;

von der Hand in den Mund leben live from hand to mouth;

von der Hand weisen (verwerfen, abtun) dismiss; (leugnen) deny;

es ist nicht von der Hand zu weisen it can’t be denied, there’s no denying ( oder getting away from) it;

von jemandes Hand sterben etc geh die by sb’s hand;

von Hand zu Hand gehen go ( oder be passed) from hand to hand;

jemandem zur oder

an die Hand gehen lend sb a hand;

sie hat immer eine Antwort zur Hand auch she’s always got an answer pat (US ready), she’s never at a loss for words; → anhand, wegsterben

4. fig sonstige Wendungen:

Hand und Fuß haben Plan etc: make sense, hold water;

was er macht, hat Hand und Fuß he doesn’t do things in ( oder by) half measures;

ich würde mir für ihn die Hand abhacken lassen umg I’d cut off my right arm for him;

die Hand aufhalten oder

hinhalten umg, meist pej hold out one’s hand;

einander die Hand geben Ereignisse etc: follow hard on each other’s heels, happen in close succession;

die Ereignisse gaben einander die Hand auch one thing led to another;

jemandem die Hand (fürs Leben) reichen marry sb;

jemandem die Hand zur Versöhnung reichen offer sb one’s hand as a sign of reconciliation;

die beiden können einander die Hand reichen they’re two of a kind; im negativen Sinne: auch they’re as bad as each other, one’s as bad as the other; (sie sind in der gleichen Lage) they’re in the same boat;

von seiner Hände Arbeit leben live by the work of one’s hands;

sich (dat)

die Hände reiben vor heimlicher Freude: rub one’s hands;

eine Hand wäscht die andere Sprichwort you scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours, one hand washes the other obs;

ich wasche meine Hände in Unschuld geh I wash my hands in innocence; → ausrutschen, gebunden B 2, küssen

5. (Schrift) hand

6. Kartenspiel: hand;

eine gute/schlechte Hand a good/bad ( oder poor) hand;

auf der Hand in one’s hand;

aus der Hand spielen nicht vom Tisch, Dummy: play from one’s hand;

(aus der) Hand spielen Skat: play from one’s hand (without picking up the discard)

7. Fußball:

(das war) Hand! handball!

Hand² f; -, - oder Hände; Maßangabe:

zwei Hand breit etwa a foot wide;

eine Hand voll konkret: a handful; (wenige) a handful

* * *

die; Hand, Hände

1) hand

eine Hand voll — a handful

mit der rechten/linken Hand — with one's right/left hand

jemandem die Hand geben od. (geh.) reichen — shake somebody's hand; shake somebody by the hand

jemandem die Hand drücken/schütteln — press/shake somebody's hand

eine Hand frei haben — have a free hand

Hände hoch! — hands up!

jemanden an die od. (geh.) bei der Hand nehmen — take somebody by the hand

jemandem etwas aus der Hand nehmen — take something out of somebody's hand/hands

etwas aus der Hand legen — put something down

jemandem aus der Hand lesen — read somebody's hand or palm

etwas in die/zur Hand nehmen — pick something up

etwas in der Hand/den Händen haben od. (geh.) halten — have got or hold something in one's hand/hands

in die Hände klatschen — clap one's hands

mit Händen und Füßen reden — use gestures to make oneself understood

etwas mit der Hand schreiben/nähen — write/sew something by hand

von Hand — by hand

Hand in Hand gehen — go or walk hand-in-hand

jemandem etwas in die Hand versprechen — promise somebody something faithfully

2) o. Pl. (Fußball) handball

3) (in Wendungen)

was hältst du davon - Hand aufs Herz! — what do you think? - be honest

eine Hand wäscht die andere — you scratch my back and 1'll scratch yours

jemandem sind die Hände gebunden — somebody's hands are tied

Hand und Fuß/weder Hand noch Fuß haben — (ugs.) make sense/no sense

[bei etwas selbst mit] Hand anlegen — lend a hand [with something]; die od

seine Hand aufhalten — (ugs.) hold out one's hand

letzte Hand an etwas (Akk.) legen — put the finishing touches pl. to something

sich (Dat.) od. (geh.) alle od. beide Hände damit voll haben, etwas zu tun — (ugs.) have one's hands full doing something

die Hände in den Schoß legen — sit back and do nothing

bei etwas die od. seine Hände [mit] im Spiel haben — have a hand in something

die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen — (ugs.) throw up one's hands in horror

zwei linke Hände haben — (ugs.) have two left hands (coll.)

eine lockere od. lose Hand haben — (ugs.) hit out at the slightest provocation

eine glückliche Hand bei etwas haben — have a feel for the right choice in something

linker/rechter Hand — on or to the left/right

[klar] auf der Hand liegen — (ugs.) be obvious

jemanden auf Händen tragen — lavish every kind of care and attention on somebody

ein Auto/Möbel aus erster Hand — a car/furniture which has/had had one [previous] owner

etwas aus erster Hand wissen — know something at first hand; have first-hand knowledge of something

Kleidung aus zweiter Hand — second-hand clothes pl.

jemandem aus der Hand fressen — eat out of somebody's hand (fig.)

etwas aus der Hand geben — (weggeben) let something out of one's hands; (aufgeben) give something up

jemandem etwas aus der Hand nehmen — relieve somebody of something

etwas bei der Hand haben — (greifbar haben) have something handy; (parat haben) have something ready

mit etwas schnell od. rasch bei der Hand sein — (ugs.) be ready [with something]

Hand in Hand arbeiten — work hand in hand

mit etwas Hand in Hand gehen — go hand in hand with something

hinter vorgehaltener Hand — off the record

in die Hände spucken — spit on one's hands; (fig. ugs.) roll up one's sleeves (fig.)

jemanden/etwas in die Hand od. Hände bekommen — lay or get one's hands on somebody/get one's hands on something

jemandem in die Hände fallen — fall into somebody's hands

jemanden in der Hand haben — have or hold somebody in the palm of one's hand

etwas in die Hand nehmen — take something in hand

in jemandes Hand (Dat.) sein od. (geh.) liegen — be in somebody's hands

in sicheren od. guten Händen sein — be in safe or good hands

sich mit Händen und Füßen gegen etwas sträuben od. wehren — (ugs.) fight tooth and nail against something

mit leeren Händen — emptyhanded

das Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben — spend money like water

um jemandes Hand anhalten od. bitten — (geh. veralt.) ask for somebody's hand [in marriage]

unter der Hand — (fig.) on the quiet

etwas unter der Hand erfahren — hear something on the grapevine

das geht ihm gut/leicht von der Hand — he finds that no trouble

etwas von langer Hand vorbereiten — plan something well in advance

die Nachteile/seine Argumente sind nicht von der Hand zu weisen — the disadvantages cannot be denied/his arguments cannot [simply] be dismissed

von der Hand in den Mund leben — live from hand to mouth

jemandem zur Hand gehen — lend somebody a hand

zu Händen [von] Herrn Müller — for the attention of Herr Müller; attention Herr Müller; s. auch öffentlich 1.

4)

an Hand — s. anhand

* * *

¨-e f.

hand n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Hand

5 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

6 ir

v.

1 to go.

ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinema

ir en autobús/coche to go by bus/car

ir andando to go on foot, to walk

¡vamos! let's go!

2 to be gradually.

ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing something

va anocheciendo it's getting dark

3 to go.

le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job

su negocio va mal his business is going badly

¿cómo te va? how are you doing?

4 to go.

estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers

5 to go, to belong.

esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there

6 to go, to leave (marcharse).

irse a to go to

¡vete! go away!

El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.

7 to go (to search).

ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)

8 to go (to consume, to disappear).

se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut

9 to be going (intención).

ir a hacer algo to be going to do something

te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you

10 to get (to change).

ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse

11 to work.

la manivela va floja the crank is loose

la televisión no va the television isn't working

12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).

ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody

13 to suit (clothes).

irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebody

esta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers

14 to do (tratamiento).

irle bien a alguien to do somebody good

15 to like, to care.

no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)

ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other

16 to attend.

Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.

17 to be doing, to make out.

Me va bien I am doing well.

18 to keep on, to keep.

Ir caminando Keep on walking.

19 to go for.

Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me

20 to match.

Estas medias van These socks match.

* * *

IR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

voy, vas, va, vamos, vais, van.

Imperfect Subjunctive

iba, ibas, iba, íbamos, ibais, iban.

Past Indicative

fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron.

Present Subjunctive

vaya, vayas, vaya, vayamos, vayáis, vayan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

fuera, fueras, fuera, fuéramos, fuerais, fueran;

fuese, fueses, fuese, fuésemos, fueseis, fuesen.

Future Subjunctive

fuere, fueres, fuere, fuéremos, fuereis, fueren.

Imperative

ve (tú), vaya (él/Vd.), vayamos (nos.), id (vos.), vayan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to go

2) get on

3) extend

•

- ir a
- ir a pie
- irse
* * *
Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=marchar)

a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go

anoche fuimos al cine — we went to the cinema last night

¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?

¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?

esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca

íbamos hacia Sevilla — we were going towards Seville

ir hasta León — to go as far as León

ir despacio — to go slow(ly)

ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously

¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?

b) [indicando la forma de transporte]

• ir [andando] — to walk, go on foot

tuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot

¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?

• ir en [avión] — to fly

• ir en [bicicleta] — to ride

• ir a [caballo] — to ride

• fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove

• ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot

• fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} rail

c) [con complemento]

iba muy bien vestido — he was very well dressed

este reloj va atrasado — this clock is slow

iban muertos de risa por la calle — they were killing themselves laughing as they went down the street

d)

• ir (a) [por] — to go and get

voy (a) por el paraguas — I'll go and get the umbrella

voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor

voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money

2) [indicando proceso]

a) [persona]

¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?

el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better

el enfermo va peor — the patient has got worse

b) [acción, obra] to go

¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?

¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?

¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?

todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well

los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better

c)

• ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?

ir por la mitad de algo — to be halfway through sth

la película ya va por la mitad — it's already half way through the film

íbamos por la mitad de nuestro viaje — we were half way there

3) [indicando manera, posición]

ese cuadro debería ir encima del sofá — that picture should go over the sofa

lo que te dijo iba en serio — he meant what he said (to you)

4) (=extenderse) to go, stretch

la pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea

• [en lo que] va de año — so far this year

en lo que va de semana hemos recibido cientos de llamadas — we've had hundreds of calls so far this week

en lo que va desde 1950 hasta nuestros días — from 1950 up until now

5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]

va mucho de uno a otro — there's a lot of difference between them

¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!

de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2

6) [indicando acumulación]

con este van 30 — that makes 30 (with this one)

van ya tres llamadas y no contesta — we've called him three times and he doesn't answer

7) [en apuestas]

van cinco pesos a que no lo haces — I bet you five pesos you won't do it

¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?

8) (=vestir)

ir con pantalones — to be wearing trousers

¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?

iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red

la que va de negro — the girl in black
etiqueta 2)
9)

irle a algn —

a) [indicando importancia]

nos va mucho en esto — we have a lot riding on this

le va la vida en ello — his life depends on it

- ni me va ni me viene

b) [indicando situación]

¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?

¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?

¡que te vaya bien! — take care!

c) (=sentar) to suit

¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?

no le va bien el sombrero — the hat doesn't suit her

d) * (=gustar)

no me va nada ese rollo — I'm not into that sort of thing *

ese tipo de gente no me va — I don't get on with that type of people

le va al Cruz Azul — Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul

10) [seguido de preposición]
ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with
no quería ir con ella a ninguna parte — I didn't want to go anywhere with her

iba con su madre — he was with his mother

esta fotocopia debe ir con la carta — this photocopy has to go (in) with the letter

yo voy con el Real Madrid — I support Real Madrid

el marrón no va bien con el azul — brown and blue don't go together

eso de ser famosa no va con ella — being famous doesn't agree with her
ir de
¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?

la película va nada más que de sexo — the film is all sex

no sabe de qué va el rollo — * he doesn't know what it's all about

va de intelectual por la vida — * he acts the intellectual all the time

¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *
ir para
va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40

va para viejo — he's getting old

va para arquitecto — he's going to be an architect

va para cinco años que entré en la Universidad — it's getting on for five years since I started University
ir por [indicando intención]
eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you

¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!
ir tras to go after
se dio cuenta de que iban tras él — he realized they were after him

ir tras una chica — to chase (after) a girl

11) [otras locuciones]

• [a lo que] iba — as I was saying

• ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems

• [¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"

-¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"

• si vamos a [eso] — for that matter

a eso voy — I'm coming to that

pues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at

• es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate

• ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse

• ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One

aquí cada uno va a lo suyo — everyone does their own thing here

• ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and going

llevo todo el día yendo y viniendo de un lado al otro de la ciudad — I've spent all day going from one end of town to the other

cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before

• ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not coming

fue y se marchó — Méx * he just upped and left *
lejos 1., 1)
12) [exclamaciones]
¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!
¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?

¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *

¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!

¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!

¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *
¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!
¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!

vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult

una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman

es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is
¡qué va!
-¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"

¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!

2.

VERBO AUXILIAR
ir a ({+ infin}) to go
fui a verle — I went to see him

vamos a hacerlo — [afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it

tras muchas vueltas fuimos a dar con la calle Serrano — after driving round for ages we eventually found Serrano Street

¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?

¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!

¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?

¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *

• no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes
ir ({+ gerund})
iba anocheciendo — it was getting dark

iban fumando — they were smoking

¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?

fueron hablando todo el camino — they talked the whole way there

como iba diciendo — as I was saying

¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!

id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with

hemos ido consiguiendo lo que queríamos — we found what we wanted eventually

voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...
ir ({+ participio})
van escritas tres cartas — that's three letters I've written

va vendido todo — everything has been sold

3.

See:

irse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

ir en taxi — to go by taxi

iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar — to go by sea

Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación — I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de los invitados — the coming and going of the guests

no hago más que ir y venir de un lado para otro — I do nothing but run around

voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

ya vamos para allá — we're on our way

¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

ir a dar a un lugar — ver parar

ir a por alguien — (Esp)

ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él — the dog went for him

ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

b) ( asistir) to go to

voy a clases nocturnas — I go to evening classes

ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

2) ( expresando propósito)

ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

3)

irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

4)

a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!

tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

b) (Jueg)

ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

no va más! — no more bets!

ahí va! — (Esp fam)

ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero — oh no! I've forgotten the money

ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)

5) comentario

no iba con mala intención — it wasn't meant unkindly

eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)

le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake

7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

fue y le dio un puñetazo — she went and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree — and like an idiot she believed him

Sentido II

8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)

iban cantando por el camino — they sang as they went along

¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

íbamos sentados — we were sitting down

vas que pareces un pordiosero — you look like some sort of beggar

iba con miedo — she was afraid

vas muy cargada — you have a lot to carry

yo iba a la cabeza — I was in the lead

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos — you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco — he's had one disappointment after another

9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)

ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

10) ( en calidad de)

ir de algo — to go (along) as something

yo fui de intérprete — I went along as interpreter

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

Sentido III

12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

13) (extenderse, abarcar)

la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia — the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

Sentido IV

14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!

que te vaya bien (en) el examen! — good luck in the exam

¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

15) (en juegos, competiciones)

¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)

ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

17) ( estar en camino)

ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

18) (sumar, hacer)

ya van tres veces que te lo digo — this is the third time I've told you

con éste van seis — six, counting this one

ya van tres pasteles que se come — that makes three cakes he's eaten now

19) ( haber transcurrido)

en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

20) ( haber diferencia)

de tres a ocho van cinco — eight minus three is five

lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

21) (CS) (depender, radicar)

ir en algo — to depend on something

no sé en qué vá — I don't know what it depends on

Sentido V

22)

a) ( deber colocarse) to go

¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

qué va! — (fam)

¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

vamos a perder el avión - qué va! — we're going to miss the plane - nonsense!

b) ( deber escribirse)

¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)

todo esto va para el examen — all of this will be included in the exam

23)

a) ( combinar)

ir con algo — to go with something

b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

el negro no te va bien — black doesn't suit you

te irá bien un descanso — a rest will do you good

c)

ir en contra de algo — to go against something

24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)

esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

le va al equipo peruano — he supports the Peruvian team

Sentido VI

26) vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

27) vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

vaya! tú por aquí! — what a surprise! what are you doing here?

vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)

vaya cochazo! — that's some car!

vaya (que) si la conozco! — you bet I know her!

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
2.
ir v aux

Sentido I

1)

ir a + inf —

2)

a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

te vas a caer! — you're going to fall!

voy a estudiar medicina — I'm going to study medicine

va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

esto no te va a gustar — you're not going to like this

te voy a pegar — I'm going to smack you

b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

3)

a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

que no se te vaya a caer — make sure you don't drop it

cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

b) ( expresando un deseo)

que te vaya bien! — all the best!

4) ( expresando inevitabilidad)

qué le iba a decir! — what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

5) ( expresando incredulidad)

no irás a darle la razón a él! — surely you're not going to say he was right!

6)

a) ( en afirmaciones enfáticas)

¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

b) ( al contradecir)

¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

cómo iba a saberlo! — how was I supposed to know?

¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

Sentido II

7) ( expresando un proceso paulatino)

ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
3.
irse v pron

1) ( marcharse) to leave

¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos — let's go

bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

no te vayas — don't go

vete a la cama — go to bed

se fue de casa — she left home

vete de aquí — get out of here

se fue de la empresa — she left the company

se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos fué a vivir a Florida — he went (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

2) (consumirse, gastarse)

cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler — half my salary goes on the rent

qué rápido se me ha ido la tarde! — hasn't the evening gone quickly?

3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)

se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down

5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)

6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

me iba para atrás — I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante — he braked and we all went flying forwards

7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

8)

a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out

b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb

irse a examen — to have to take an exam

9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run

se me fueron las medias — my tights have run

* * *

= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.

Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.

Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.

Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.

Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

----

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.

* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el no va más = the be all and end all.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.

* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.

* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.

* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.

* ir a casa de = make + house calls.

* ir acompañado de = come with.

* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.

* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].

* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.

* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.

* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.

* ir a la baja = be down.

* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.

* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.

* ir a la escuela = go to + school.

* ir a la guerra = go to + war.

* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.

* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.

* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.

* ir al centro = go + downtown.

* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.

* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir al pub = go to + the pub.

* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.

* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.

* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.

* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* ir a por = go for.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.

* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.

* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.

* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir con = go with, come with.

* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.

* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.

* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.

* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.

* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.

* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....

* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.

* ir de acampada = camp.

* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.

* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.

* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.

* ir de compras = go + shopping.

* ir de copas = go for + a drink.

* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.

* ir de excursión = hike.

* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.

* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.

* ir delante = lead + the way.

* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.

* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.

* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .

* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.

* ir de putas = whoring.

* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.

* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.

* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.

* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.

* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.

* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.

* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.

* ir en = ride.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* ir en bici = bike.

* ir en bicicleta = cycle.

* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.

* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.

* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.

* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.

* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.

* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.

* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.

* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .

* ir en moto = bike.

* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.

* ir entre = go between.

* ir hacia = head for.

* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.

* ir hacia delante = page + forward.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.

* irle a Uno = make out.

* ir mal = go + wrong.

* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir marcha atrás = back up.

* ir más allá = go + one stage further.

* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.

* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.

* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* ir pegado a = hug.

* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.

* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.

* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir primero = lead + the way.

* ir rápido = fly.

* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.

* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.

* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.

* irse a casa = go + home.

* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.

* irse a la cama = retire + at night.

* irse a la mierda = naff off.

* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.

* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.

* irse al cuerno = naff off.

* irse al diablo = naff off.

* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.

* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.

* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.

* irse a paseo = naff off.

* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.

* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.

* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.

* irse de casa = leave + home.

* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

* irse de vacaciones = vacation.

* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.

* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.

* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.

* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.

* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.

* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.

* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.

* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.

* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.

* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).

* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* ir zumbando = whiz.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* partido de ida = away game.

* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.

* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.

* si vamos a eso = for that matter.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* va a = gonna [going to].

* vete a la mierda = fuck off.

* véte al carajo = drop dead!.

* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.

* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

ir en taxi — to go by taxi

iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar — to go by sea

Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación — I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de los invitados — the coming and going of the guests

no hago más que ir y venir de un lado para otro — I do nothing but run around

voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

ya vamos para allá — we're on our way

¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

ir a dar a un lugar — ver parar

ir a por alguien — (Esp)

ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él — the dog went for him

ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

b) ( asistir) to go to

voy a clases nocturnas — I go to evening classes

ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

2) ( expresando propósito)

ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

3)

irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

4)

a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!

tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

b) (Jueg)

ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

no va más! — no more bets!

ahí va! — (Esp fam)

ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero — oh no! I've forgotten the money

ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)

5) comentario

no iba con mala intención — it wasn't meant unkindly

eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)

le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake

7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

fue y le dio un puñetazo — she went and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree — and like an idiot she believed him

Sentido II

8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)

iban cantando por el camino — they sang as they went along

¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

íbamos sentados — we were sitting down

vas que pareces un pordiosero — you look like some sort of beggar

iba con miedo — she was afraid

vas muy cargada — you have a lot to carry

yo iba a la cabeza — I was in the lead

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos — you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco — he's had one disappointment after another

9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)

ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

10) ( en calidad de)

ir de algo — to go (along) as something

yo fui de intérprete — I went along as interpreter

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

Sentido III

12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

13) (extenderse, abarcar)

la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia — the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

Sentido IV

14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!

que te vaya bien (en) el examen! — good luck in the exam

¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

15) (en juegos, competiciones)

¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)

ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

17) ( estar en camino)

ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

18) (sumar, hacer)

ya van tres veces que te lo digo — this is the third time I've told you

con éste van seis — six, counting this one

ya van tres pasteles que se come — that makes three cakes he's eaten now

19) ( haber transcurrido)

en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

20) ( haber diferencia)

de tres a ocho van cinco — eight minus three is five

lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

21) (CS) (depender, radicar)

ir en algo — to depend on something

no sé en qué vá — I don't know what it depends on

Sentido V

22)

a) ( deber colocarse) to go

¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

qué va! — (fam)

¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

vamos a perder el avión - qué va! — we're going to miss the plane - nonsense!

b) ( deber escribirse)

¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)

todo esto va para el examen — all of this will be included in the exam

23)

a) ( combinar)

ir con algo — to go with something

b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

el negro no te va bien — black doesn't suit you

te irá bien un descanso — a rest will do you good

c)

ir en contra de algo — to go against something

24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)

esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

le va al equipo peruano — he supports the Peruvian team

Sentido VI

26) vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

27) vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

vaya! tú por aquí! — what a surprise! what are you doing here?

vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)

vaya cochazo! — that's some car!

vaya (que) si la conozco! — you bet I know her!

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
2.
ir v aux

Sentido I

1)

ir a + inf —

2)

a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

te vas a caer! — you're going to fall!

voy a estudiar medicina — I'm going to study medicine

va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

esto no te va a gustar — you're not going to like this

te voy a pegar — I'm going to smack you

b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

3)

a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

que no se te vaya a caer — make sure you don't drop it

cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

b) ( expresando un deseo)

que te vaya bien! — all the best!

4) ( expresando inevitabilidad)

qué le iba a decir! — what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

5) ( expresando incredulidad)

no irás a darle la razón a él! — surely you're not going to say he was right!

6)

a) ( en afirmaciones enfáticas)

¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

b) ( al contradecir)

¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

cómo iba a saberlo! — how was I supposed to know?

¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

Sentido II

7) ( expresando un proceso paulatino)

ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
3.
irse v pron

1) ( marcharse) to leave

¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos — let's go

bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

no te vayas — don't go

vete a la cama — go to bed

se fue de casa — she left home

vete de aquí — get out of here

se fue de la empresa — she left the company

se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos fué a vivir a Florida — he went (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

2) (consumirse, gastarse)

cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler — half my salary goes on the rent

qué rápido se me ha ido la tarde! — hasn't the evening gone quickly?

3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)

se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down

5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)

6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

me iba para atrás — I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante — he braked and we all went flying forwards

7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

8)

a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out

b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb

irse a examen — to have to take an exam

9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run

se me fueron las medias — my tights have run

* * *

= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.

Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.

Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.

Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.

Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.

* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el no va más = the be all and end all.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.

* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.

* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.

* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.

* ir a casa de = make + house calls.

* ir acompañado de = come with.

* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.

* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].

* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.

* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.

* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.

* ir a la baja = be down.

* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.

* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.

* ir a la escuela = go to + school.

* ir a la guerra = go to + war.

* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.

* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.

* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.

* ir al centro = go + downtown.

* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.

* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir al pub = go to + the pub.

* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.

* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.

* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.

* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* ir a por = go for.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.

* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.

* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.

* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir con = go with, come with.

* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.

* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.

* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.

* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.

* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.

* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....

* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.

* ir de acampada = camp.

* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.

* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.

* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.

* ir de compras = go + shopping.

* ir de copas = go for + a drink.

* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.

* ir de excursión = hike.

* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.

* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.

* ir delante = lead + the way.

* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.

* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.

* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.

* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.

* ir de putas = whoring.

* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.

* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.

* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.

* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.

* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.

* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.

* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.

* ir en = ride.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* ir en bici = bike.

* ir en bicicleta = cycle.

* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.

* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.

* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.

* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.

* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.

* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.

* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.

* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.

* ir en moto = bike.

* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.

* ir entre = go between.

* ir hacia = head for.

* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.

* ir hacia delante = page + forward.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.

* irle a Uno = make out.

* ir mal = go + wrong.

* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir marcha atrás = back up.

* ir más allá = go + one stage further.

* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.

* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.

* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* ir pegado a = hug.

* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.

* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.

* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir primero = lead + the way.

* ir rápido = fly.

* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.

* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.

* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.

* irse a casa = go + home.

* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.

* irse a la cama = retire + at night.

* irse a la mierda = naff off.

* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.

* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.

* irse al cuerno = naff off.

* irse al diablo = naff off.

* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.

* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.

* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.

* irse a paseo = naff off.

* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.

* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.

* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.

* irse de casa = leave + home.

* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

* irse de vacaciones = vacation.

* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.

* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.

* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.

* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.

* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.

* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.

* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.

* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.

* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.

* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).

* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* ir zumbando = whiz.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* partido de ida = away game.

* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.

* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.

* si vamos a eso = for that matter.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* va a = gonna [going to].

* vete a la mierda = fuck off.

* véte al carajo = drop dead!.

* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.

* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* * *

ir [ I27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ ir (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A trasladarse, desplazarse

B expresando propósito

C irle a alguien con algo

D

1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse

2 Juegos

E con comentarios

F estar en juego

G hablando de acciones imprevistas

Sentido II

A ir + complemento

B refiriéndose al atuendo

C en calidad de

D tratar

Sentido III

A llevar a

B extenderse, abarcar

Sentido IV

A marchar, desarrollarse

B en juegos, competiciones

C en el desarrollo de algo

D estar en camino

E sumar, hacer

F haber transcurrido

G haber una diferencia

H depender, radicar

Sentido V

A

1 deber colocarse

2 deber escribirse

3 estar incluido

B

1 combinar

2 sentar, convenir

3 ir en contra de algo

C gustar

D tomar partido por, apoyar

Sentido VI

A

1 expresando incredulidad etc

2 intentando tranquilizar, animar

3 al aclarar, resumir

B

1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad

2 para enfatizar

3 al aclarar, resumir

■ ir (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 para expresar tiempo futuro

2 expresando intención, propósito

3 en propuestas, sugerencias

B al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones

C expresando inevitabilidad

D expresando incredulidad

E

1 en afirmaciones enfáticas

2 al contradecir

Sentido II expresando un proceso paulatino

■ irse (verbo pronominal)

A marcharse

B consumirse, gastarse

C desaparecer: mancha, dolor

D salirse, escaparse

E morirse

F caerse, perder el equilibrio

G andarse, actuar

H

1 en naipes

2 en una asignatura

I las medias

vi

Sentido I

A (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?

iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar to go by sea

¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!

es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!

¿quién va? who goes there?

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenue

el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests

no he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything done

voy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)

vamos a casa let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?

nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends class

ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting

juerga, etc

ya vamos para allá we're on our way

¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)

¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?

fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal route

no vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longer

a eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough

¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bit

ir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?

nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñas

ir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él the dog went for him

ir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)

no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalism

no me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at all

allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do

B (expresando propósito) ir A + INF:

¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?

ve a ayudarla go and help her

fue a ayudarla he went to help her

¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?

ver tb ir v aux Sense I.

C

irle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems

a la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with tales

D

1

(al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!

tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!

2 ( Juegos):

ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000

¡no va más! no more bets!

ver tb no¹ (↑ no (1))

¡ahí va! ( Esp fam): ¡ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero oh no! I've forgotten the money

David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)

E

«comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastily

ten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means business

ir POR algn:

y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you too

F (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):

se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stake

le va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the line

G ( fam)

(hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)

fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been painted

Sentido II

A (+ complemento)

(sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along

¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?

ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seat

por lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting down

el niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebars

iba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the street

vas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggar

se notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraid

el tren iba llenísimo the train was packed

déjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help you

el ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the lead

no vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistake

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to another

B (refiriéndose al atuendo) ir DE algo:

iban de largo they wore long dresses

voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula

iba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing green

C (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sth

yo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)

D

( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on

¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?

Sentido III

A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sth

el camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beach

B

(extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencia

lo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

estados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargy

Sentido IV

A

(marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?

el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse

¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?

¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? ( colloq), what's up? ( AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?

me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam

¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!

¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well

¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?

B

(en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1

voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the lead

ya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000

C (en el desarrollo de algo) ir POR algo:

¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?

¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?

estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves now

D (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:

¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!

ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fifty

ya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw him

iba para médico he was going to be a doctor

E

(sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you

¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth one

ya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten now

F

(haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month

G

(haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five

¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)

H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sth

no sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends on

eso va en gustos that's a question of taste

Sentido V

A

1 (deber colocarse) to go

¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?

¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?

¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet

¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in fact

vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time

2

(deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? does it have an accent?

3

( RPl) (estar incluido): todo esto va para el examen all of this will be included in the exam

B

1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sth

esos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt

2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you

te irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good

3

ir en contra de algo to go against sth

esto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principles

C

( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

marcha f H. (↑ marcha)

D ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sb

mucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian team

Sentido VI vamos

A

1

(expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!

2

(intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy

¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!

¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!

¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!

dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth

desde el vamos ( RPl fam); from the word go

3

(al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anyway

podrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to ask

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway

B vaya

1

(expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)

¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!

¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)

2

(para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!

¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!

¿vaya día! what a day!

¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)

¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!

¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!

3

(al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse

■

v aux

Sentido I ir A + INF

A

1

(para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!

a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rate

el barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set sail

dijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it over

ya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clock

va a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each other

esto no te va a gustar you're not going to like this

no te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself out

tenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget

2

(expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell him

lo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or another

me voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in April

vamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening

3

(en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?

siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matter

bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work

B

(al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of her

ten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll fall

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rains

C

(expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?

¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?

D

(expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!

está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

E

1

(en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?

2

(al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?

¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything

¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!

Sentido II (expresando un proceso paulatino) ir + GER:

poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by little

a medida que va subiendo el nivel del agua as the water level rises

ha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passed

tú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onions

ahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting ready

como te iba diciendo as I was saying

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the idea

la voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distant

la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse

■ irse

v pron

A

(marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting late

bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off ( AmE) o ( BrE) I'm off

el tren ya se ha ido the train's already gone

se quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotland

se han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the square

vete a la cama go to bed

se fue de casa she left home

vete de aquí get out of here

se ha ido de la empresa she's left the company

se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí ( fam); get lost! ( colloq)

(+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo ( fam); don't run away, I want to talk to you ( colloq)

B

(consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly

(+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent

se nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around

¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?

C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to go

se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off

(+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape

(+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

que no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil over

tápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizz

cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet still

lengua, mano¹ (↑ mano (1))

E ( euf) (morirse) to slip away ( euph)

creo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing him

F (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):

irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back

me daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards

G (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):

vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactful

H

1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out

2

( RPl) (en una asignatura) tb irse a examen to have to take an exam

I ( Col) «medias» to run

* * *

ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
1
a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go;

◊ ir en taxi to go by taxi;

iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
ir por mar to go by sea;
¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
vamos a casa let's go home;
¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread
b) ( asistir) to go to;

◊ voy a clases nocturnas I go to evening classes;

ya va al colegio she's already at school
2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:
◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;

ve a ayudarla go and help her;
ver tb ir v aux 1
3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):
◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;

tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
4 [ comentario]:
◊ no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly;

eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):
◊ iban cantando por el camino they sang as they went along;

¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):
◊ iban de largo they wore long dresses;

voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
iba de verde she was dressed in green
3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;
◊ yo fui de intérprete I went along as interpreter

1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
2 (extenderse, abarcar):
◊ la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia;

el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
1 (marchar, desarrollarse):
◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;

va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
2 ( en competiciones):
◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;

voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):
◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;

¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
4 ( estar en camino):
◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;

va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
5 (sumar, hacer):
◊ ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you;

con este van seis six, counting this one
6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
1 ( deber colocarse) to go;
◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;

¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
2
a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sth

b) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

◊ el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you;

te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;
◊ le va al equipo peruano he supports the Peruvian team

1
◊ vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):

◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):

◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;

¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
c) (al aclarar, resumir):

◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
2
◊ vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):

◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;

¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):

◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!

ir v aux ir a + inf:
1
a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;

◊ voy a estudiar medicina I'm going to study medicine;

va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):

◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;

bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):
◊ que no se te vaya a caer make sure you don't drop it;

cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):
◊ poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little;

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse verbo pronominal
1 ( marcharse) to leave;
◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;

vámonos let's go;
bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
no te vayas don't go;
vete a la cama go to bed;
se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
vete de aquí get out of here;
se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
2 (consumirse, gastarse):
◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;
◊ se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;
◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
◊ irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;

me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
ir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
van a misa, they go to church
3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
12 (vestir) to wear
ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
(tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
(ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
(haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
(encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
II verbo auxiliar
1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
ir caminando, to go on foot
2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
va a esquiar, she goes skiing
va a nevar, it's going to snow
vas a caerte, you'll fall
♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
¡ahí va!, catch!
en lo que va de año, so far this year
¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
¡vaya!, fancy that
¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
ir a parar, to end up
'ir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acudir
- andurriales
- ánimo
- antojarse
- avión
- avivar
- bajar
- bordear
- brazo
- busca
- caer
- calcular
- camino
- caza
- cien
- cine
- coche
- compra
- comprensible
- convenir
- correr
- corriente
- danzar
- deformación
- deriva
- descaminada
- descaminado
- descender
- desgracia
- deteriorarse
- disposición
- empecinada
- empecinado
- encaminada
- encaminado
- entrar
- excursión
- flojear
- funesta
- funesto
- gaita
- gatas
- grano
- gratis
- gustar
- haber
- huevo
- idea
- ilusión
English:
afford
- after
- ahead
- appealing
- back
- back up
- be
- beeline
- bluster
- bristle
- camping
- canter
- career
- catch
- charge off
- chase
- check off
- clean up after
- cling
- coast
- collapse
- come
- come to
- commute
- consider
- court
- cross
- cross-country
- crowd
- cycle
- cycling
- defensive
- delay
- dentist
- deserve
- detest
- die off
- dismiss
- do
- down
- downhill
- drag
- drift
- ease off
- ease up
- either
- even
- excursion
- exercise
- face

* * *

ir

♦ vi

1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;

fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;

iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;

ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;

ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;

ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;

ir en barco to go by boat;

ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;

ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;

ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;

ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;

los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;

me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;

ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;

ir de vacaciones to go on Br holiday o US vacation;

ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;

¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;

este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;

todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;

¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;

ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;

¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;

no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;

¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;

fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;

¡ahí o [m5] allá va! [al lanzar una cosa] there you go;

ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;

¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;
Anticuado
¿quién va? who goes there?;

¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;

¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;

ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;

todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;

el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;

estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;
Fam Fig
¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;
Fam Fig
les habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;

Prov

(allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do

2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;

esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;

esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;

el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain

3. [abarcar]
la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;

el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;

la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;

las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westerns

4. Esp [buscar]
ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get sth/sb, to go and fetch sth/sb;

fui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;

ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;

el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;

tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;

a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that

5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]
fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;

con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;

el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;

la manivela va floja the crank is loose;

iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;

ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;

iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;

los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;

ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;

tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the lead

6. [expresa apoyo o rechazo]
ir con to support;

voy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;

ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;

ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;

esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;

ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;

ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests

7. [vestir]
ir con/en to wear;

iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;

aquí la gente va con o [m5] en bañador a todas partes people here go around in their swimsuits;

ir de azul to be dressed in blue;

ir de uniforme to be in uniform;

iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;

iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar

8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;

le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;

el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;

¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;

su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;

¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;

¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;

¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;
[en carrera, juego] who's winning?;
van empate a cero it's Br nil-nil o US zero-zero;

vamos perdiendo we're losing;

¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;

¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;

¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;

¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!

9. [cambiar, encaminarse]
ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;

el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;

como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;

voy para viejo I'm getting old;

esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;

va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rained

10. [alcanzar]
va por el cuarto vaso de vino he's already on his fourth glass of wine;

vamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;

¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;

aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter

11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]
con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;

ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;

van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;

en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;

de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;

va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house

12. [corresponder] to go;

estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;

¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?

13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;

esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;

¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?

14. [escribirse]
“Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;

toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;

el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective

15. [sentar] [ropa]
irle (bien) a alguien to suit sb;

¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;

ir con algo to go with sth;

esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirt

16. [sentar] [vacaciones, tratamiento]
irle bien a alguien to do sb good;

esa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good

17. [funcionar] to work;

la televisión no va the television isn't working;

una radio que va a o [m5] con pilas a radio that uses batteries, a battery-powered radio;

estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow

18. [depender]
en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;

todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;

esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;
CSur
¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teacher

19. [comentario, indirecta]
ir con o [m5] por alguien to be meant for sb, to be aimed at sb;

y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;

hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;

lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;

va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of joke

20. Esp Fam [gustar]
no me va el pop I'm not a big fan of pop music;

a mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;

ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other

21. Fam [costar]
ir a to be, to cost;

¿a cómo o [m5] cuánto va el kilo de tomates? how much is a kilo of tomatoes?

22. Esp Fam [tratar] [conferencia, película, novela]
ir de to be about;

¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?

23. Fam Esp
ir de, RP [m5] irla de [dárselas] [persona] to think oneself;
Esp
va de inteligente, RP [m5] la va de inteligente he thinks he's clever;
Esp
¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?

24. Fam [apostarse]
¿va una cerveza a que llevo razón? I bet you a beer I'm right

25. [en frases] Fam
fue y dijo que… he went and said that…;

y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;
Fam
fue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;
Fam
¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;
Fam
¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;

¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;
[me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;
¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;

Comp
Esp
ser el no va más to be the ultimate;

este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;

Comp
RP Fam
desde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;

me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;

Comp
Fam
¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;

Comp

sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;

sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday

♦ v aux

1. [con gerundio] [expresa acción lenta o gradual]
ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing sth;

va anocheciendo it's getting dark;

me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;

voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;

su cine ha ido mejorando últimamente her movies o Br films have been getting better recently;

fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;

iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;

ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;

vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;

como iba diciendo… as I was saying…

2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]
ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;

voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;
[en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;
iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;

¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;

el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;

van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;

va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;

voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;

¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;

he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;

te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;

vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;

todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;

¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;

no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me

3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]
¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;

¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;

y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;

¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;

¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;

¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;

¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!

♦ vt
Méx
irle a to support;

le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca

♦ See also the pronominal verb irse

* * *

ir

<part ido>

I v/i

1 go (a to);

ir a pie walk, go on foot;

ir en avión fly;

ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;

ir a por algo go and fetch sth;

¡ya voy! I’m coming!;

¿quién va? who goes there?

2 ( vestir)

:

iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform

3

:

van dos a dos DEP the score is two all

4 ( tratar)

:

¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;

el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires

5 ( agradar)

:

el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;

ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;

no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other

6 ( marchar, evolucionar) go;

ir bien/mal go well/badly

7 ( abarcar)

:

va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 16

8

:

¡qué va! you must be joking!;

¡vamos! come on!;

¡vaya! well!;

¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;

¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;

a eso voy I’m just getting to that;

eso va por ti también that goes for you too

II v/aux

1 con referencia al futuro

:

va a llover it’s going to rain;

va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer

2 expresando proceso

:

ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;

ir para viejo be getting old;

ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark

3 con referencia al pasado

:

ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;

van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed

* * *

ir {43} vi

1) : to go

ir a pie: to go on foot, to walk

ir a caballo: to ride horseback

ir a casa: to go home

2) : to lead, to extend, to stretch

el camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá

3) funcionar: to work, to function

esta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore

4) : to get on, to get along

¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?

el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well

5) : to suit

ese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you

6)

ir con : to be

ir con prisa: to be in a hurry

7)

ir por : to follow, to go along

fueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline

8)

dejarse ir : to let oneself go

9)

ir a parar : to end up

10)

vamos a ver : let's see

ir v aux

1) (with present participle)

ir caminando: to walk

¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!

2)

ir a : to be going to

voy a hacerlo: I'm going to do it

el avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off

♦ See also the reflexive verb irse

* * *

ir vb

1. (en general) to go [pt. went; pp. gone]

¿adónde vas? where are you going?

fuimos a Madrid en tren we went to Madrid by train

no puedo ir a la fiesta I can't go to the party

ha ido a recoger a su hermano she's gone to pick her brother up

2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go

¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?

¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?

¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?

3. (estar) to be

iba de broma I was joking

va en serio he's serious

mi reloj va atrasado my watch is slow

vas demasiado elegante you're too dressed up

4. (sentar bien) to suit

ese peinado te va muy bien that hairstyle really suits you

5. (gustar) to like / to be into

no me va la música rap I don't like rap music

6. (convenir) to do

te irá bien descansar un poco it'll do you good to get some rest

7. (funcionar) to work

el ascensor no va the lift's not working

ir + a + infinitivo to be going to do something

voy a decírselo I'm going to tell him

te iba a llamar I was going to phone you

ir + gerundio

vas mejorando you're getting better

va anocheciendo it's getting dark

¡vamos caminando! let's walk!

fuimos corriendo we ran

a ti ni te va ni te viene that's nothing to do with you

¿cómo van? (en un partido) what's the score?

ir a parar to end up

fue a parar a la cárcel he ended up in prison

ir con to go with / to match

esa blusa no va con ese pantalón that blouse doesn't go with those trousers

ir de (persona) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn] (libro, película) to be about

va de uniforme he's wearing a uniform

la que va de negro the one in black

¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?

ir por to go and get

voy por el coche I'm going to get the car

ve por los niños go and get the children

ir tirando to get by / to manage

vamos tirando we get by / we're managing

¡qué va! no way! / not at all!

¡vamos a...! let's...!

¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!

¡vaya! well!

¡ya voy! I'm coming!

Spanish-English dictionary > ir

7 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

8 po

praep. 1. (później niż) after
- po śniadaniu/pracy/wojnie after breakfast/work/the war

- po chwili after a bit a. moment

- po godzinie/dwóch latach an hour/two years later, after an hour/two years

- po dwuletnim pobycie w więzieniu after two years in prison

- po południu in the afternoon

- pięć/kwadrans po czwartej five/a quarter past four

- wróciła po dwunastej she came back after twelve

- po ukończeniu studiów rozpoczął pracę w szkole after a. on graduating he began working at a school

- zdrzemnął się po wyjściu gości he nodded off after the guests had left pot.

- po pięćdziesiątce musisz zacząć dbać o siebie when you’re over fifty you need to take care of yourself

- po czym and then, after which

- oprowadził mnie po starym mieście, po czym zaprosił na piwo he showed me around the Old Town and then invited me for a beer

- po czasie late

- oddał referat pięć dni po czasie he handed in his paper five days late
2. (w przestrzeni, w różnych miejscach) (all) over, around, round GB
- po całym mieście/kraju/domu all over (the) town/the country/the house

- po całej Europie all over Europe, throughout the whole of Europe

- ubrania porozrzucane po pokoju clothes flung all over a. scattered around the room

- porozlewać wodę po podłodze to spill water all over the floor

- biegać po sklepach to run round the shops pot.

- chodzić po korytarzu/pokoju to walk up and down the corridor/around the room

- chodzić po lesie/górach to walk in the forest/mountains

- oprowadzić kogoś po zamku to show sb around a castle

- szukać czegoś po encyklopediach to look a. hunt through encyclopedias for sth

- szepczą o tym po kawiarniach tongues are beginning to wag (about it)
3. (o powierzchni) (na) on; (wzdłuż) along
- chodzić po piasku/trawie to walk on sand/grass

- poruszać się po szynach to move (along) on rails

- jechać na rowerze po szosie/ścieżce to cycle along a. on a road/path

- ślizgać się po zamarzniętym jeziorze to skate on a frozen lake

- bębnić palcami po stole to drum one’s fingers on the table

- wchodzić/schodzić po schodach to walk up/down the stairs

- zjeżdżać po poręczy to slide down the banisters

- zupa ściekała mu po brodzie the soup was dripping down his chin

- poruszać się po linii prostej to move in a straight line

- przechodzić przez jezdnię po pasach to cross the road at a zebra crossing

- głaskać kogoś po włosach/policzku to stroke sb’s hair/cheek

- całować kogoś po rękach to kiss sb’s hands

- pokrzywy parzyły go po nogach nettles were stinging his legs
4. (o stronie) on
- po tej/drugiej stronie ulicy on this/on the other side of the street

- po prawej stronie drogi to the right of the road

- po obu stronach kartki on both sides of the paper

- kawałek chleba posmarowany po wierzchu dżemem a piece of bread with jam spread on top

- placek przypalony po brzegach a pie burnt along the edges
5. (do górnej granicy) (przestrzennej) (up) to, as far as; (czasowej) up to, till, until
- po szyję/czubek głowy up to the neck/the top of one’s head

- silne wiatry od Bałkanów po Skandynawię strong winds from the Balkans up to Scandinavia

- wody było po kolana the water was knee-deep

- talerz pełen po brzegi a plate full to the brim

- od średniowiecza po schyłek Oświecenia from the Middle Ages up to a. until the end of the Enlightenment

- od profesora po sekretarkę from the professor down to the secretary
6. (w hierarchii, kolejności) after
- była w naszym domu pierwszą osobą po ojcu she was the second most important person in our home after father

- miał piąty po zwycięzcy czas na mecie he had the fifth best time (after the winner)

- jeden po drugim one after the other a. another

- przesłuchiwał taśmę po taśmie he listened to one tape after another

- krok po kroku step by step

- dzień po dniu day after day; day in, day out
7. (dziedziczenie) from (kimś sb)
- odziedziczyć coś po kimś to inherit sth from sb

- objąć stanowisko po kimś to take over sb’s position, to succeed sb

- objął tron po wuju he succeeded his uncle to a. on the throne

- dom miał po dziadku he inherited the house from his grandfather

- po matce miała talent muzyczny she had inherited her mother’s musical talent

- prowadził po ojcu sklep mięsny he ran a butcher’s shop inherited from his father

- nosić imię po dziadku to be named after one’s grandfather
8. (następstwo) [sprzątać, zmywać] after (kimś sb)
- rozpaczać po kimś to grieve over a. for sb

- płakać po kimś to mourn sb

- obiecywać sobie coś a. oczekiwać czegoś po kimś/czymś to expect sth from sb/sth

- nie obiecuj sobie po nim zbyt wiele don’t expect too much from him

- czego oczekujesz po tym zebraniu? what are you expecting from the meeting?

- butelka po mleku/piwie a milk/beer bottle

- pusty worek po ziemniakach an empty potato sack
9 (na podstawie) by
- poznać kogoś po głosie/ruchach to recognize sb by their voice/movements

- po czym go poznałeś? how did you recognize him?

- widać po twoich oczach, że jesteś zmęczona I can see a. tell by your eyes that you’re tired

- sądząc po akcencie, (on) pochodzi z Dublina judging by a. from his accent, he comes from Dublin
10 (cel) for (kogoś/coś sb/sth)
- stać w kolejce po mięso to stand in the meat queue, to queue up for meat

- zadzwonić po lekarza/taksówkę to phone for the doctor/a taxi

- poszła do sklepu po chleb she went to the shop for some bread

- poszedł po wnuczkę he went to collect his granddaughter

- zatelefonowała do niego po radę she called him to ask for some advice

- przyszedłem tu tylko po to, żeby wyjaśnić całą sprawę I just came here to explain the whole thing a. business pot.

- nie po to przez pięć lat studiowałam prawo, żeby pracować jako kelnerka I didn’t study law for five years (in order) to work as a waitress

- co a. cóż ci po pękniętej filiżance? what do you need a cracked cup for?

- nic mi po takich radach what’s the use of advice like that?

- nic tu po mnie I’m not needed here; I may as well go a. be off pot

- po co what for?, why?

- po cóż whatever for?

- po co ci nóż? what do you need a knife for?

- nie wiem, po co tu przyszła I don’t know what she came here for a. why she came here
11 (wyrażające miarę, liczbę, wartość) po trzy z każdej strony three on each side
- po parę razy dziennie several times a day

- trzy pliki po sto banknotów (każdy) three bundles of a hundred banknotes each

- po 2 złote za sztukę (at) 2 zlotys each a. apiece

- po 5 złotych za kilo (at) 5 zlotys a a. per kilo

- po ile? a. po czemu? przest. how much?

- po ile te pomidory? how much are these tomatoes?

- wchodziły po jednej they entered one by one a. one at a time

- podchodzić do stołu po dwóch/trzech to come up to a. approach the table in twos/threes

- po trochu bit by bit, little by little

- zapłaciliśmy po dziesięć złotych we paid ten zlotys each

- dostali po dwa jabłka they each got two apples

- każde dziecko dostało po zabawce each child a. each of the children got a toy

- Adam i Robert wygrali po książce Adam and Robert each won a book
12 (w wyrażeniu przysłówkowym) po ojcowsku/profesorsku/chłopięcemu like a father/professor/boy
- zrób to po swojemu do it your own way

- czy mówisz po litewsku/włosku? can you speak Lithuanian/Italian?

- powiedz to po angielsku say it in English

■ po temu (stosowny) for it

- to nie miejsce i czas po temu this is not the (right) time or place for it

- powiem jej, kiedy nadarzy się po temu okazja I’ll tell her when I get the chance a. opportunity

- mam po temu powody I have my reasons

- miała wszelkie warunki po temu, żeby być dobrą aktorką she had all the makings of a good actress

* * *

abbr ( SZKOL: = Przysposobienie Obronne)

civil defence course

* * *

po

prep.

+ Loc.

1. ( czas) after; past; dziesięć po trzeciej ten past l. after three; już po wszystkim it's all over now; mądry Polak po szkodzie everybody's got 20/20 hindsight, (it's easy to be) wise after the event; po chwili after a while, a moment later; po lecie przychodzi jesień summer is followed by fall l. autumn; po kilku latach after a few years, (a) few years later; po śniadaniu after breakfast; po zmroku after dark; przyjadę po świętach I'll come after Christmas.

2. ( kolejność) after; jeden po drugim one after another.

3. ( pochodzenie) from, of; butelka po winie (empty) wine bottle; garnek po mleku dirty milk pot; puszka po rybach empty fish can; rzeczy po kimś hand-me-downs.

4. (= na podstawie) by; nie dać czegoś znać po sobie not let sth show; rozpoznać kogoś po akcencie/głosie recognize l. tell sb by his l. her accent/voice.

5. ( dziedziczenie) after, from; dostała imię po babce she was named after her grandmother; głos mam po ojcu I get my voice from my father; objąć stanowisko po kimś take over from sb; spadek po wujku inheritance from one's uncle.

6. ( hierarchia) after, next to; najważniejszy po prezydencie next to president; pierwszy po Bogu next to God; po Mickiewiczu after Mickiewicz.

7. (przestrzeń, powierzchnia) in, around, on, over, along; całować kogoś po policzkach/rękach kiss sb's cheeks/hand; chodzić po linie walk on a rope; dreszcz przebiegł mi po plecach chill ran down my spine; głaskać kogoś po włosach stroke sb's hair; po drugiej stronie on the other side; po kładce over the footbridge; po korytarzu in l. along the corridor; po kraju around the country; po lesie/górach in the forest/mountains; po linii prostej in a straight line; po niebie in the sky; po mieście around the city; po okolicy around the neighborhood; po pokoju around the room; po trawie on grass; schodzić po schodach/drabinie go down the stairs/ladder; wchodzić po schodach/drabinie go up the stairs/ladder; wędrować po górach walk l. hike the mountains.

8. ( rozciągłość w przestrzeni) around, round; chodzić po ludziach go from door to door; przesiadywać po kawiarniach sit around in cafes; jeździć po sanatoriach go from one sanatorium to another; włóczyć się po sądach drag o.s. from court to court.

9. ( rozciągłość w czasie) to, till, until; pisać po całych dniach write for days on end; ślęczeć po nocach sit up late.

10. ( systematyczność) by; po kawałku piece by piece, bit by bit; po trochu bit by bit; little by little.

11. + Acc. ( zasięg) (up) to; stać w wodzie po kolana stand knee-deep in water; kufel wypełniony po brzegi beer mug full to the brim; uśmiać się po pachy laugh one's head off.

12. + Acc. ( kres) till, until, to; aż po wszystkie czasy przest. till l. to the end of time; po dziś dzień przest. to this day.

13. + Acc. ( cel) for; przyjść po poradę come for advice; dzwonić po lekarza call a doctor; sięgać po poradnik reach for a handbook; po co? what for?; po co to robisz? what are you doing this for?; nie pójdę tam, bo i po co? I'm not going there, what's the use?; po co o tym myślisz? what's the use of thinking about it?; nie wiem, po co to zrobiłem I don't know what I did it for; licho wie po co god knows why; po co ta mowa? pot. save your breath; po jakie licho l. kiego grzyba? pot. what the heck l. hell for?

14. + Acc. (okeślona, powtarzająca się ilość, liczba) a, per; po trzy złote za kilogram three zloty a kilo; po pięć sztuk w paczce five items per pack.

15. + Acc. ( wyliczanie) po pierwsze firstly; po trzecie thirdly; po wtóre l. drugie secondly.

16. + Dat. ( sposób) in; po angielsku/polsku in English/Polish; po bożemu in a godly fashion; po cichu silently; po góralsku highlanders' fashion; po koleżeńsku friendly; po ludzku humanely; po mistrzowsku in a masterly way; po nowemu in a new way; po ojcowsku like a father; po pijanemu when drunk; po prostu just like that; po staremu in the (same) old way; posuwać się po omacku grope in the dark.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > po

9 co

Ⅰ pron. 1. (w pytaniach) what
- co to (jest)? what’s this/that?

- co jest na górze? what’s upstairs?

- co robisz? what are you doing?

- co mi kupiłaś? what did you buy for me?

- co się dzieje? what’s going on a. happening?

- co ci po tym? what do you need it for?

- o co chodzi? what’s the problem a. matter?, what’s going on?

- w co się ubierzesz? what are you going to wear?

- czego szukasz? what are you looking for?

- czego on chciał? what did he want?

- czego a. copot. chcesz w zamian? what do you want in exchange?

- do czego służy ten guzik? what is this button for?

- z czego jest ta koszula? what is this shirt made of?

- czemu się tak przyglądasz? what are you looking at?

- czym mam otworzyć tę puszkę? what shall I open this tin with?

- czym żywią się wieloryby? what do whales feed on?

- czym to się skończy? how will it (all) end?

- o czym oni mówią? what are they talking about?

- co to za maszyna? what’s this/that machine?

- co to za kamień? what kind of stone is this?

- co ty na to? what do you say a. think?

- co u ciebie? how are you?, what’s new?, how’s life (treating you)?

- co z tobą? źle się czujesz? what’s wrong (with you)?, don’t you feel well?

- psa zabierzemy ze sobą, ale co z kotem? we can take the dog with us, but what about the cat?

- co z tego? a. no to co? what of a. about it? pot.

- co z tego, że kocha? so he’s in love, so what? pot.

- co on, oszalał, żeby tyle forsy przepuścić! pot. he must be mad blowing all that money pot.

- czego tam nie ma na strychu! there are all sorts of things in the attic

- czym to on w życiu nie był! he’s done all sorts of things in life

- co ty mi tu przyniosłeś? what on earth have you brought me?

- po co a. na co? what for?

- po co jedziesz do Krakowa? what are you going to Cracow for?

- na co ci ten scyzoryk? what do you need this penknife for?

- i na co wam to było? what did you have to (go and) do that for?

- czego tam poszłaś? pot. what did you go there for?

- czemu płaczesz? what are you crying for?

- czemu nie? why not?

- „idziesz z nami?” – „czemu nie” ‘are you coming with us?’ – ‘why not?’
2. (w mowie zależnej) what
- powiedz, co chcesz na śniadanie tell me what you want for breakfast

- zapytaj go, co zrobił z nożyczkami ask him what he’s done with the scissors

- dobrze byłoby wiedzieć, o co właściwie mu chodzi it would be good to know what he really wants

- przysłuchiwał się, o czym rozmawiają he was listening in on their conversation

- nie wiem, co to była za ryba I don’t know what kind of fish it was

- nie rozumiem, po co tu przyszedł I don’t understand why he came here a. what he came here for

- powiem mu jutro, co i jak I’ll tell him tomorrow what’s what

- wiesz co?… (do) you know what?… pot., (I’ll) tell you what… pot.
3. (w zdaniu podrzędnym zawężającym) that
- wszystko to, co chciał zrobić everything (that) he wanted to do

- mam coś, co cię zainteresuje I’ve got something that’ll interest you

- nie zrobiłam nic, czego musiałabym się wstydzić I did nothing (that) I ought to be ashamed of

- rób, co chcesz do what you want

- czym była kiedyś łacina, tym stał się dziś język angielski what Latin was once, English is today

- co jest naprawdę nieznośne, to myśl, że… what is really maddening is the thought that…

- z czego będziemy żyć, to mój kłopot what we’re going to live on is my problem

- co się stało, to się nie odstanie what’s done is done
4. (w zdaniu podrzędnym rozwijającym) which
- powiedział, że pożyczył mi pieniądze, co nie było prawdą he said he had lent me some money, which wasn’t true

- zdał ostatni egzamin, czym bardzo ucieszył rodziców he passed the last exam, which made his parents very happy
5. (ile, jak, jaki) as
- on ma tyle samo wrogów, co przyjaciół he has as many enemies as he has friends

- zatrudniamy tyle samo pracowników, co rok temu we employ as many people as we did a year ago

- mam dwa razy tyle pracy, co ty I have twice as much work as you (have)

- kapelusz tego samego koloru, co płaszcz a hat the same colour as the coat

- mieszkam w tym samym domu, co on I live in the same building as he does

- rodzice tyle go widywali, co na obiedzie his parents only saw him at dinner time
6. pot. (kto, który) who
- ktoś, co nigdy nie był w wojsku someone who has never been in the army

- znam kogoś, co to chętnie zrobi I know someone who’ll be glad to do it

- gdzie się podział ten chłopak, co u was mieszkał? what happened to the boy who used to live with you?

- wiesz, co ty dla niego jesteś? do you know what you are to him?

- ten młyn, co to w nim teraz jest hotel that mill that’s a hotel now
7. pot. (dlaczego, w jakim celu) why
- co się tak kręcisz? why can’t you sit still?

- co tak wcześnie wstałaś? why did you get up so early?

- coś taki wesoły? why are you so cheerful?, what are you so cheerful about?
8. (w wyrażeniach emfatycznych) what (a)
- co to za dureń z niego! what a clown he is! pejor.

- co za niespodzianka! what a surprise!

- nie masz pojęcia, co to za rozkosz! you’ve no idea what a delight it is
Ⅱ praep. every
- co dzień/sobota every day/Saturday

- co dziesięć minut/dwa tygodnie every ten minutes/two weeks

- co chwilę a. chwila every couple of minutes, every now and then

- przystawał co krok he stopped with each a. every step

- co jakiś czas tu zagląda, żeby sprawdzić, co robimy he looks in every now and then to check on us

- opuszczał co drugą stronę he was skipping every other page
Ⅲ adv. (bardziej) co ciekawsze fragmenty/książki some of the more interesting sections/books
- co wytrwalsi zostali do końca sztuki only the most persevering stayed till the end of the play
Ⅳ conj. (jak) as
- (ona) pracuje w tej samej firmie co ja she works for the same company as me

- ten sam/to samo co zawsze the same as always

- taki sam jadłospis co przed tygodniem the same menu as a week ago

- to już nie ten człowiek, co dawniej he’s not the man he used to be

- jest równie inteligentny, co przebiegły he’s as intelligent as he is crafty

- mogła mieć równie dobrze trzydzieści co czterdzieści lat she could just as well have been thirty as forty

- co ciekawe/dziwne… what’s interesting/strange…

- co gorsza… what’s worse…

- co więcej… what’s more…
Ⅴ part. pot. (jako równoważnik zdania) boisz się, co? you’re afraid, eh? pot.
- ale ona urosła, co? she’s really grown, hasn’t she?

- będziemy w kontakcie, co? we’ll be in touch, right? pot.

- miłe dzieciaki, co nie? nice kids, eh? pot.

- nie poznajesz mnie, co? you don’t recognize me, do you?

- wszyscy gdzieś jadą na wykacje, a my co? everyone’s going somewhere on holiday, and what about us?

- kto cię tu wpuścił, co? who let you in, eh? pot.

- i co, zdałeś egzamin? well, did you pass (the exam)?

- co ty, chcesz oberwać od ojca? you don’t want to get it from your father, do you? pot.

- a ty co? dzwonka nie słyszałeś? what are you doing? – didn’t you hear the bell?
Ⅵ co do praep. 1. (jeśli chodzi o) as for, as far as [sb/sth] is concerned
- co do mnie, nigdy w horoskopy nie wierzyłem as for me, I’ve never believed in horoscopes

- co do pańskiego artykułu… as for your article…, as far as your article is concerned…
2. (w sprawie) regarding, concerning
- mamy zastrzeżenia co do ostatniej partii towaru we have some reservations regarding the last consignment

- jego uwagi co do nowelizacji ustawy his remarks regarding a. concerning the amendment of the law
3. (pod względem) regarding, concerning
- ustalenia co do zakresu prac details regarding a. concerning the scope of the work

- druga co do wielkości partia polityczna the second largest party

- dziesiąte co do wielkości państwo świata the world’s tenth largest state
4. (dokładnie) to
- co do godziny/dnia to the hour/day

- o siódmej co do minuty at seven o’clock sharp

- przyszedł punktualnie co do minuty he came a. arrived right on the dot pot.

- oddał mi wszystko co do grosza he gave me back every single penny

- powtórzyła wszystko co do słowa she repeated everything word for word

- zginęli wszyscy co do jednego not one of them survived
Ⅶ co…, (to) … conj. 1. (ile razy) each time
- co wstawał, robiło mu się słabo each time he got up, he felt faint

- co otworzył gazetę, wszędzie o Iraku every time he opened a newspaper, there was something about Iraq

- co strzelił, to chybił every time he fired, he missed

- co wspiął się wyżej, to zsuwał się each time he climbed up, he slipped down again

- co premiera, to sukces each new production is/was a success
2. (dla podkreślenia) co praca, to praca work is work (after all)
- co chłop, to chłop you can’t beat a man (about the place)

- co głowa, to głowa you can’t beat good brains

- co prawda, to prawda I’ll second that

- co dyrektor, to nie zwykły robotnik a director’s not just any worker
Ⅷ czym…, tym… conj. kryt. czym starszy, tym głupszy the older he gets, the more foolish he becomes
- czym większy przywódca, tym groźniejszy jego upadek the greater the leader, the further he has to fall

■ a co tam what do I care?, what does it matter?

- chciała pokazać, co to nie ona she wanted to show what she was made of

- co jak co, ale ciasto robisz pyszne say what you like, but you make delicious cake

- czego jak czego, ale pieniędzy im nie brakuje whatever they’re short of, it’s not money

- co najmniej at least

- co najwyżej at most

- co to, to nie! pot. that’s out of the question!; no way! pot.

- co (proszę)? pot. (w odpowiedzi) what?

- „Adam!” – „co?” ‘Adam!’ – ‘what?’

- „jesteś tam?” – „a co?” ‘are you there?’ – ‘what do you want?’

- co (takiego)? (wyrażające zdziwienie) what?, really?

- dopiero a. tylko a. ledwo co only just

- goście dopiero co wyjechali the guests have not long gone, the guests have only just left

* * *
1. pron
( w pytaniach) what

co to jest? — what is this?

co to za książka? — what book is that?

co powiedziałeś? — what did you say?

co z tobą? — what's the matter with you?

co Pan nie powie? — you don't say! ( w zdaniach względnych)

to drzewo, co rośnie koło domu — the tree that grows by the house

wspominał tych, co odeszli — he remembered those who had left

zdałem egzamin, co wszystkich zaskoczyło — I passed the exam, which surprised everybody

co się stało, to się nie odstanie — what's done cannot be undone ( w równoważnikach zdań)

rób, co chcesz — do what you want

nie ma co tu czekać — there's no point in waiting here

Bóg wie co — God knows what ( w zdaniach wykrzyknikowych)

co za niespodzianka! — what a surprise! ( tyle ile)

krzyczała co sił — she shouted with all her might

co niemiara — in abundance, (pot: cokolwiek) anything

jeśli co, daj mi znać — get in touch at the slightest thing
2. part
(wzmacniająco) co najwyżej — at (the) most

co najmniej — at least

co nieco — a little

co prawda — as a matter of fact

co gorsza — what's worse, worse still

co więcej — what's more, furthermore

co chwila/krok — every lub each minute/step

co drugi/trzeci — every second/third

co do (+gen) — ( odnośnie do) as to, as for

co do mnie — as far as I am concerned, ( dokładnie) (exact) to

wszyscy co do jednego — all to a man

co do sekundy — exactly on time
3. conj
co strzelił, to chybił — every time he shot he missed
4. adv
(pot: dlaczego) why

co się boisz? — why are you scared?

* * *

co

pron.

Gen. czego Dat. czemu Ins. i Loc. czym

1. ( zastępuje rzeczowniki) what; rób, co chcesz do what you want; czego (znowu) chcesz? what do you want (now)?; zwł. z irytacją what is it that you want (now)?; co to będzie? (= co chcesz zrobić?) what is it going to be?, what'll it be?; (= co się stanie?) what'll happen?; po co? what for?; byle co anything; Bóg wie co God knows what; diabli wiedzą co only the Devil knows; co to, to nie I won't have that; jeszcze czego! anything else?, what('s) next?; bądź co bądź anyway; w czym rzecz what's the matter; w razie czego (just) in case, if need(s) be; jak przyjdzie co do czego when the chips are down; nie ma co! there is no point; co komu do tego? it is none of anybody's business, why should it be anyone's business?, why should they care?; co mi tam! I don't care, I couldn't care less, who cares?; co będzie, to będzie happen what may; będzie co ma być what is to be, will be; what must be, must be; what will be, will be; co było, a nie jest, nie pisze się w rejestr let bygones be bygones; co z oczu, to z serca out of sight, out of mind; co się stało, to się nie odstanie what's been done cannot be undone, let bygones be bygones; co za dużo, to niezdrowo too much of a good thing, too much breaks the bag; co się odwlecze, to nie uciecze there is luck in leisure; co ma wisieć, nie utonie he that is born to be hanged shall never be drowned, if you're born to be hanged then you'll never be drowned; co nagle, to po diable haste makes waste; czym chata bogata, tym rada what's mine is yours; co ma piernik do wiatraka what do these two things have in common?, it is quite beside the point.

2. (jako zaimek względny, głównie w pytaniach i zdaniach złożonych) co tchu at full l. top speed, in all haste; tyle, co kot napłakał next to nothing; co do grosza not a penny less, not a penny more; tyle pomoże, co umarłemu kadzidło it won't do any good, it won't help at all.

conj.

( rozpoczyna zdanie podrzędne) which.

part.

1. ( wyraża powtarzalność) every; co krok every step; co godzina/co chwila/co miesiąc/co roku every hour/every moment/every month/every year; co prawda admittedly; co prawda, to prawda you're right; co rusz every moment, every time; na co dzień every day; co i raz pot. every moment, every time; co kraj, to obyczaj every country has its customs; every land has its own law; so many countries, so many customs.

2. ( wzmacnia przysłówki) what, still; co gorsza what's worse, worse still; co więcej what's more; co dwie głowy, to nie jedna two heads are better than one.

3. (wyraża pytanie o przyczynę, cel) why; co się tak długo zastanawiasz? why have you been dwelling on it so long?

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > co

См. также в других словарях:

Etiquette in Canada and the United States — Etiquette rules are not uniform in North America, varying among the very diverse societies which exist in both the United States and Canada. Etiquette rules are not simply a description of “cultural norms” and should not be considered a summary… … Wikipedia

After Dark (TV series) — infobox television show name = After Dark caption = [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/After Dark (TV series)#Harry Belafonte.2C Denis Worrall and South Africa South Africa 11th June 1988 ] format = Talk show runtime = Open ended creator = Flagicon|UK … Wikipedia

'Allo 'Allo! (series 5) — This article contains episode listings for the fifth series of the British Sitcom series Allo Allo!. The series contains twenty six episodes which first aired between 3 September 1988 and 25 February 1989. Series 5 is longer than any of the other … Wikipedia

Etiquette in Asia — In Asia, many points of good etiquette are derived from religious beliefs. This Kannon statue (known elsewhere as Kuan Yin) stands on Mt. Koya, Japan. As expectations regarding good manners differ from person to person and vary according to each… … Wikipedia

List of Case Closed episodes (season 17) — The cover of the first DVD compilation for season seventeen of Detective Conan released by Shogakukan. The seventeenth season of the Case Closed … Wikipedia

'Allo 'Allo! (series 2) — This article contains episode summaries for the second series of the British Sitcom series Allo Allo!. The series contains six episodes which first aired between 21 October and 25 November 1985, and a Christmas special which aired on 26 December… … Wikipedia

List of All That Sketches — This is a list of sketches on the Nickelodeon variety show All That.ketches (Seasons 1 10)Noteable Sketches from Seasons 1 6* Good Burger is a sketch that took place at a fast food restaurant. The cashier, Ed played by Kel Mitchell in Seasons 1 5 … Wikipedia

List of Marvel Family enemies — Through his adventures, Fawcett Comics/DC Comics superhero Captain Marvel and his Marvel Family gained a host of enemies, including the following: Contents 1 Acrobat 2 Adolf Hitler 3 Amoeba Family … Wikipedia

Dutch customs and etiquette — Life in the Netherlands … Wikipedia

MADtv recurring characters — This article contains synopses for many of the more noteworthy recurring characters and sketches that have appeared on the sketch comedy television series MADtv. Contents: Top · 0–9 · A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V … Wikipedia

'Allo 'Allo! (series 7) — This article contains episode summaries for the seventh series of the British Sitcom series Allo Allo!. The series contains ten episodes which first aired between 5 January and 16 March 1991. There is a gap of fifteen months between the… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to ask one's guests to sit down

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to ask one's guests to sit down

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: